Three-dimensional room measurement process with augmented reality guidance

ABSTRACT

Systems and methods related to augmented reality guidance for a room measurement process may include presenting various text, cues, and indications to guide the room measurement process. A user device including an imaging sensor and position and orientation sensors may present, via a display, the various text, cues, and indications during portions of the room measurement process, including identification of the floor, walls, and ceiling.

BACKGROUND

Virtual reality, mixed reality, and augmented reality environmentspresented via various computing and display devices are increasing inuse. For example, virtual reality, mixed reality, and augmented realityenvironments may be utilized for gaming, entertainment, tourism,shopping, or other purposes. However, generation of such virtualreality, mixed reality, and augmented reality environments can requiremuch time, cost, and/or specialized training and skills. Further, manyvirtual reality, mixed reality, and augmented reality environments maybe hypothetical or generic environments that have little or noconnection to actual or real-world environments. Accordingly, there is aneed for systems and methods to generate virtual reality, mixed reality,and/or augmented reality environments that simulate actual or real-worldenvironments, with reduced time, cost, and/or specialized training andskills.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The detailed description is described with reference to the accompanyingfigures. In the figures, the left-most digit(s) of a reference numberidentifies the figure in which the reference number first appears. Theuse of the same reference numbers in different figures indicates similaror identical components or features.

FIG. 1 is a schematic system diagram of an example three-dimensionalroom model generation using photogrammetry, in accordance with disclosedimplementations.

FIG. 2 is a flow diagram illustrating an example three-dimensional roommodel generation process, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 3A is a schematic diagram of an example of local coordinate framegeneration, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of an example of floor planedetermination, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram of an example of wall planedetermination, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 3D is a schematic diagram of an example of ceiling planedetermination, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIGS. 4A-4K are example user interface screens illustrating steps of anexample room measurement process with augmented reality guidance, inaccordance with disclosed implementations.

FIGS. 5A-5H are example user interface screens illustrating steps ofanother example room measurement process with augmented realityguidance, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 6A is a flow diagram illustrating an example room measurementprocess, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 6B is a flow diagram illustrating an example local coordinate framegeneration process, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 6C is a flow diagram illustrating an example floor determinationprocess, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 6D is a flow diagram illustrating an example wall determinationprocess, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 6E is a flow diagram illustrating an example ceiling determinationprocess, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 7 (including partial FIGS. 7-1, 7-2, and 7-3) is a flow diagramillustrating an example room measurement process with augmented realityguidance, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an example of ring path generation, inaccordance with disclosed implementations.

FIGS. 9A-9L are example user interface screens illustrating steps of anexample image capture process using ring paths with augmented realityguidance, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIGS. 10A-10M are example user interface screens illustrating steps ofanother example image capture process using ring paths with augmentedreality guidance, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 11A (including partial FIGS. 11A-1 and 11A-2) is a flow diagramillustrating an example image capture process using ring paths, inaccordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 11B is a flow diagram illustrating an example ring path generationprocess, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 11C is a flow diagram illustrating an example target and reticlegeneration process, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 12 (including partial FIGS. 12-1, 12-2, and 12-3) is a flow diagramillustrating an example image capture process using ring paths withaugmented reality guidance, in accordance with disclosedimplementations.

FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an example of panorama pathgeneration, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIGS. 14A-14Q are example user interface screens illustrating steps ofan example image capture process using panorama paths with augmentedreality guidance, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 15A (including partial FIGS. 15A-1, 15A-2, and 15A-3) is a flowdiagram illustrating an example image capture process using panoramapaths, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 15B is a flow diagram illustrating an example panorama pathgeneration process, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 16 (including partial FIGS. 16-1, 16-2, 16-3, and 16-4) is a flowdiagram illustrating an example image capture process using panoramapaths with augmented reality guidance, in accordance with disclosedimplementations.

FIG. 17 is a block diagram illustrating various components of a userdevice and server computing device configured for three-dimensional roommodel generation using photogrammetry, in accordance with disclosedimplementations.

While implementations are described herein by way of example, thoseskilled in the art will recognize that the implementations are notlimited to the examples or drawings described. It should be understoodthat the drawings and detailed description thereto are not intended tolimit implementations to the particular form disclosed but, on thecontrary, the intention is to cover all modifications, equivalents andalternatives falling within the spirit and scope as defined by theappended claims. The headings used herein are for organizationalpurposes only and are not meant to be used to limit the scope of thedescription or the claims. As used throughout this application, the word“may” is used in a permissive sense (i.e., meaning having the potentialto), rather than the mandatory sense (i.e., meaning must). Similarly,the words “include,” “including,” and “includes” mean including, but notlimited to.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Systems and methods described herein may relate to generation of athree-dimensional model of a room or space. For example, thethree-dimensional model of the room or space may be generated based onmeasurements or dimensions of the room or space captured via a userdevice, such as a mobile phone. In addition, the three-dimensional modelof the room or space may be generated based on images or pictures of theroom or space captured via a user device. Further, the three-dimensionalmodel of the room or space may be generated using various algorithms ortechniques, such as photogrammetry, machine learning, image processing,geometric computer vision, and/or other algorithms or techniques.

Systems and methods described herein may also relate to determination ofmeasurements or dimensions of a room or space using a user device. Forexample, an augmented reality room capture application may operate onthe user device and facilitate determination of measurements ordimensions of the room or space. In addition, the determination ofmeasurements or dimensions of a room or space may be based on imagingdata detected by an imaging sensor of the user device, and/or based onposition and orientation data detected by an inertial measurement unitof the user device. Further, the measurements or dimensions of the roomor space may be determined using various algorithms or techniques, suchas image processing, geometric computer vision, position and orientationtracking, geometric calculation, and/or other algorithms or techniques.

Systems and methods described herein may also relate to capture ofimages or pictures of a room or space using a user device traversing apath, such as a ring path. For example, the path may be determined basedon dimensions or measurements of a room or space to be captured. Anaugmented reality room capture application may operate on the userdevice and facilitate capture of images or pictures of the room orspace. In addition, the capture of images or pictures of a room or spacemay be based on imaging data detected by an imaging sensor duringtraversal around a ring path within the room or space, while maintaininga target along the ring path within a reticle displayed via the userdevice, and/or based on position and orientation data detected by aninertial measurement unit. Further, the images or pictures of the roomor space may be processed using various algorithms or techniques, suchas photogrammetry, machine learning, image processing, position andorientation tracking, geometric computer vision, and/or other algorithmsor techniques, in order to generate a three-dimensional model of theroom or space.

Systems and methods described herein may also relate to capture ofimages or pictures of a room or space using a user device traversing aplurality of image capture locations, e.g., associated with a panoramapath. For example, the path may be determined based on dimensions ormeasurements of a room or space to be captured. An augmented realityroom capture application may operate on the user device and facilitatecapture of images or pictures of the room or space. In addition, thecapture of images or pictures of a room or space may be based on imagingdata detected by an imaging sensor during traversal among the pluralityof locations within the room or space, and during sweeps at eachlocation of the plurality of locations, and/or based on position andorientation data detected by an inertial measurement unit. Further, theimages or pictures of the room or space may be processed using variousalgorithms or techniques, such as photogrammetry, machine learning,image processing, position and orientation tracking, geometric computervision, and/or other algorithms or techniques, in order to generate athree-dimensional model of the room or space.

In example embodiments, the measurements or dimensions of a room orspace may be determined by generating a local coordinate frame fortracking position and/or orientation within the room or space, bydetermining a floor plane or lower boundary of the room or space basedon imaging data and/or position and orientation data, by determining oneor more wall planes or vertical boundaries of the room or space based onthe determined floor plane and/or position and orientation data, and bydetermining a ceiling plane or upper boundary of the room or space basedon the determined floor plane or lower boundary, one or more determinedwall planes or vertical boundaries, and/or position and orientationdata.

In further example embodiments, an augmented reality room captureapplication operating on the user device to facilitate determination ofmeasurements or dimensions of the room or space may present variousindications, arrows, textual cues, colors, user interface elements,position, alignment, or orientation guides, floor placement guides orindicators, edge or wall placement guides or indicators, ceilingplacement guides or indicators, progress indicators, instructions,guidances, or other visual indications. Further, the augmented realityroom capture application may also utilize various algorithms ortechniques, such as position and orientation tracking, image processing,edge detection, surface detection, feature detection, and/or otheralgorithms or techniques, to facilitate determination of measurements ordimensions of the room or space.

In example embodiments, the images or pictures of a room or space may becaptured using a user device by generating a path, such as a ring path,based on measurements or dimensions of the room or space and/or positionand orientation data, by generating a target along the ring path basedon the ring path and/or position and orientation data, and by generatinga reticle within a display of the user device. Further, the images orpictures of the room or space may be captured using the user device bytraversing along the ring path while maintaining the target along thering path within a field of view, e.g., within the reticle presented viathe display of the user device, such that a field of view of an imagingsensor of the user device extends substantially across the room or spaceduring traversal of the ring path.

In further example embodiments, an augmented reality room captureapplication operating on the user device to facilitate capture of imagesor pictures of the room or space may present various indications,arrows, textual cues, colors, user interface elements, position,alignment, or orientation guides, paths, ring paths, targets, reticles,progress indicators, instructions, guidances, or other visualindications. Further, the augmented reality room capture application mayalso utilize various algorithms or techniques, such as position andorientation tracking, image processing, edge detection, surfacedetection, feature detection, and/or other algorithms or techniques, tofacilitate capture of images or pictures of the room or space.

In example embodiments, the images or pictures of a room or space may becaptured using a user device by generating a plurality of image capturelocations, e.g., associated with a panorama path, based on measurementsor dimensions of the room or space and/or position and orientation data,by generating one or more image capture locations associated with thepanorama path based on measurements or dimensions of the room or spaceand/or position and orientation data, by generating a defined directionor order of traversal of the one or more locations associated with thepanorama path based on measurements or dimensions of the room or spaceand/or position and orientation data, and by generating a defineddirection or order of image capture or sweep at each of the one or morelocations associated with the panorama path based on measurements ordimensions of the room or space and/or position and orientation data.Further, the images or pictures of the room or space may be capturedusing the user device while traversing among the one or more locationsassociated with the panorama path in the defined order and whilesweeping the user device at each of the one or more locations associatedwith the panorama path in the defined direction.

In further example embodiments, an augmented reality room captureapplication operating on the user device to facilitate capture of imagesor pictures of the room or space may present various indications,arrows, textual cues, colors, user interface elements, position,alignment, or orientation guides, traversal guides, sweep guides,progress indicators, instructions, guidances, or other visualindications. Further, the augmented reality room capture application mayalso utilize various algorithms or techniques, such as position andorientation tracking, image processing, edge detection, surfacedetection, feature detection, and/or other algorithms or techniques, tofacilitate capture of images or pictures of the room or space.

In example embodiments, based at least in part on the determinedmeasurements or dimensions of a room or space and the captured images orpictures of the room or space, a three-dimensional model of the room orspace may be generated. For example, a three-dimensional geometric shellof the room or space may be generated based at least in part on thedetermined measurements or dimensions of the room or space, and aphotogrammetry mesh of the room or space may be generated based at leastin part on the captured images or pictures of the room or space. Inaddition, various details, textures, objects, furniture, or otheraspects associated with the room or space may be identified, matched, orgenerated, e.g., using various image processing, machine learning,and/or other algorithms or techniques. Further, various objects orfurniture associated with the room or space may be identified, matched,or generated, e.g., using various image capture processes describedherein, and various image processing, machine learning, and/or otheralgorithms or techniques. Moreover, the three-dimensional model of theroom or space may be generated, e.g., using various photogrammetry,machine learning, geometric computer vision, and/or other algorithms ortechniques, by scaling the photogrammetry mesh based on thethree-dimensional geometric shell of the room or space, and byincorporating various details, textures, objects, furniture, or otheraspects associated with the room or space into the three-dimensionalmodel of the room or space.

As one skilled in the art will appreciate in light of this disclosure,certain embodiments may be capable of achieving certain advantages,including some or all of the following: quickly and efficiently definingboundaries, dimensions, and measurements associated with a space,object, or environment, generating and presenting simplified userinterfaces for definition of a space, object, or environment, generatingand presenting guidance via user interfaces to facilitate intuitivedefinition of a space, object, or environment, quickly and efficientlycapturing imaging data associated with a space, object, or environment,generating and presenting simplified user interfaces for image captureof a space, object, or environment, generating and presenting guidancevia user interfaces to facilitate intuitive image capture of a space,object, or environment, generating and presenting a three-dimensionalmodel of a space, object, or environment via various user interfaces,facilitating user placement, interaction, evaluation, and manipulationof items of interest within a three-dimensional model of a space orenvironment, etc.

The task of navigating a large electronic catalog of items (e.g., acatalog with millions or billions of items) to locate items of interestcan be burdensome and time consuming for users, especially if the usersdo not know the names or generic descriptors of the desired items.Typically, the user can locate items by navigating a browse structure,commonly called a “browse tree,” in which the items are arranged bycategory and subcategory. Typically, however, the browse tree includesseveral levels of categories, requiring the user to navigate throughseveral levels of browse nodes or category pages to arrive at thesubcategory of interest. Further, in many cases, the items of interestare not accurately or intuitively categorized, requiring the user toperform additional navigation or keyword searching. Thus, the userfrequently has to perform numerous navigational steps to arrive at thecatalog page or “item detail page” of interest. When the user arrives atthe catalog page or “item detail page” of interest, the user may thenneed to perform additional navigational steps or perform additionalsearches to identify whether the desired item includes the desiredfeatures. For example, the user may need to click on and navigate tovarious product images to see what the product looks like from variousangles. By way of another example, the user may need to scroll throughnumerous community provided content to see if the item is appropriatefor a given environment (e.g., scrolling through hundreds of images fromother users to see how the item looks in their environment—such as a howa chair looks in combination with other furniture and carpets). By wayof still another example, the user may need to sift through hundreds orthousands of customer reviews and questions/answers to determine if theitem includes desired features and compatibility characteristics.

Another technological advance of the present disclosure is that thedefinition of a space, object, or environment and capture of imagingdata of a space, object, or environment enables the generation of athree-dimensional model of the space, object, or environment that may bepresented via user interfaces, e.g., using virtual reality, mixedreality, augmented reality, or combinations thereof, and that may allowusers to identify, select, place, move, rotate, manipulate, and evaluateitems of interest with fewer clicks, scrolls, and/or page navigationsthat would otherwise be required to assess items and within a space orenvironment as desired or generated by users. For example, in theembodiments described herein, upon generation of a three-dimensionalmodel of a space or environment, the user can easily navigate within thespace or environment and may easily select, manipulate, review, ormodify items of interest within the space or environment. In addition,using an accurate, three-dimensional model of a desired space orenvironment, the user may select, place, move, manipulate, review, ormodify items of interest to gain a better understanding of how the itemsmay actually appear or feel within the desired space or environment.Furthermore, for each item of interest, a reference or link may beincluded that allows the user to navigate directly to sources ofadditional information about the item or another item. Each reference orlink thus serves as a programmatically selected navigational shortcut tothe item's detail page or description, allowing the user to bypass thenavigational structure of the browse tree. Beneficially,programmatically identifying items of interest and presenting the userwith navigational shortcuts to these items can improve the speed of theuser's navigation through the electronic catalog, rather than requiringthe user to page through multiple other pages to locate the recommendeditems via the browse tree or via searching. This can be particularlytrue for computing devices with small screens, where fewer items can bedisplayed to the user at a time and thus navigation of larger volumes ofitems is more difficult.

FIG. 1 is a schematic system diagram 100 of an example three-dimensionalroom model generation using photogrammetry, in accordance with disclosedimplementations.

Various portions of the system diagram of FIG. 1 may be associated witha user device, such as a personal computing device, mobile computingdevice, smartphone, tablet computing device, laptop computing device,wearable computing device, headset or head-mounted computing device,eyeglass or eyewear computing device, or other user computing device.For example, the user device may include a processor, a memory havingvarious executable instructions and/or various applications, one or moreoutput devices such as a display, monitor, stereoscopic display,head-mounted or eyeglass-mounted display, screen, speakers, or otheroutputs, one or more input devices such as buttons, a touchscreen,microphones, or other inputs, a power supply such as a battery orrechargeable battery, one or more imaging sensors configured to captureimages within respective fields of view of the imaging sensors, and/orone or more sensors such as inertial measurement units, accelerometers,gyroscopes, magnetometers, depth sensors, or other position ororientation sensors configured to receive data associated with positionand orientation of the user device. In addition, the variousapplications may include an augmented reality room or object captureapplication, and one or more applications comprising various algorithmsor techniques, such as photogrammetry, machine learning, geometriccomputer vision, image processing, geometric calculation, position andorientation tracking, edge detection, surface detection, featuredetection, and/or other algorithms and techniques.

Alternatively or in addition, various portions of the system diagram ofFIG. 1 may be associated with a computing device other than the userdevice, such as a personal computing device, mobile computing device,smartphone, tablet computing device, laptop computing device, wearablecomputing device, headset or head-mounted computing device, eyeglass oreyewear computing device, desktop computing device, server computingdevice, remote or cloud computing device, or other computing device(s)or computing system(s). For example, the computing device may include aprocessor, a memory having various executable instructions and/orvarious applications, one or more output devices such as a display,monitor, stereoscopic display, head-mounted or eyeglass-mounted display,screen, speakers, or other outputs, one or more input devices such asbuttons, a touchscreen, microphones, or other inputs, and/or a powersupply such as a battery, rechargeable battery, wired power connection,or other power source. In addition, the various applications may includean augmented reality room or object capture application, and one or moreapplications comprising various algorithms or techniques, such asphotogrammetry, machine learning, geometric computer vision, imageprocessing, geometric calculation, position and orientation tracking,edge detection, surface detection, feature detection, and/or otheralgorithms and techniques.

In example embodiments, the augmented reality room or object captureapplication (“AR capture application”) 102 may be executed by aprocessor of a user device, such as a smartphone or mobile computingdevice. The AR capture application 102 may comprise one or moreapplications that may be executed by a processor and provide outputsrelated to room measurements 104 and room pictures 106. As describedfurther herein, the room measurements 104 may be determined based on alocal coordinate frame designated by the user device, e.g., usingposition and orientation information via an inertial measurement unit ofthe user device. The room measurements 104 may include determinations ofa floor plane, one or more wall planes, and a ceiling plane associatedwith the room, as well as various other movement data of the user devicewithin the room. In addition, various dimensions or measurements of aroom or space may be received from a user, e.g., by inputs received viaa user device.

In addition, as described further herein, the room pictures 106 may becaptured based on traversal of one or more paths within the room usingan imaging sensor of the user device. The one or more paths may bedetermined based on the room measurements 104 and/or various othermovement data of the user device within the room. The room pictures 106may include images of portions of the floor plane, the one or more wallplanes, and the ceiling plane, in which each image includes at least athreshold amount of overlap with at least one other image. Further, theroom pictures 106 may be associated with position and orientationinformation of the user device at the time of capture via the inertialmeasurement unit of the user device.

In some example embodiments, the AR capture application 102 may beexecuted by a processor and memory associated with a user device, asdescribed herein, and the outputs from the AR capture application 102,e.g., the room measurements 104, room pictures 106, and/or objectpictures 126, may be provided as inputs to one or more computing devicesother than the user device, as described herein, to perform theprocesses and operations described to generate a three-dimensional modelof a room or space. In other example embodiments, some of the processesand operations described with respect to the AR capture application 102may be performed by one or more computing devices other than the userdevice. Likewise, in other example embodiments, some of the processesand operations described with respect to other components shown in FIG.1, e.g., photogrammetry processors 108, 128, room geometry generator112, detail matcher/generator 114, texture matcher/generator 116, objectclassifier/segmenter 132, object matcher/generator 134, and/or roommodeler 118, may be performed by one or more processors and memoryassociated with the user device.

The room pictures 106 may be provided as inputs to a photogrammetryprocessor 108, which may be an application executed on the user deviceor a computing device other than the user device. One examplephotogrammetry processor may include Photoscan available from Agisoft®.The photogrammetry processor 108 may also receive as inputs position andorientation information of the user device at the time of capture of theroom pictures 106. Based at least in part on the room pictures 106 andthe position and orientation information of the user device, thephotogrammetry processor 108 may generate a photogrammetry mesh 110 ofthe room or space. The photogrammetry mesh 110 may comprise athree-dimensional, composite mesh of substantially all the room pictures106 that have been combined, e.g., utilizing various image processing,feature detection, machine learning, geometric computer vision, and/orother algorithms and techniques.

The room measurements 104 and the photogrammetry mesh 110 may then beprovided as inputs to a room geometry generator 112, which may be anapplication executed on the user device or a computing device other thanthe user device. The room geometry generator 112 may generate athree-dimensional geometric shell of the room or space based at least inpart on the room measurements 104 and the photogrammetry mesh 110. Forexample, the room measurements 104 may provide information related to asize or scale of the room or space, such that the room geometrygenerator 112 may generate a three-dimensional geometric shell of theroom or space. In addition, the room geometry generator 112 may processthe room measurements 104 and the photogrammetry mesh 110 using variousgeometric calculation, geometric computer vision, image processing,position and orientation tracking, machine learning, edge detection,surface detection, feature detection, and/or other algorithms andtechniques.

The photogrammetry mesh 110 may also be provided as inputs to a detailmatcher/generator 114, which may be an application executed on the userdevice or a computing device other than the user device. The detailmatcher/generator 114 may identify, match, and/or generate variousdetails associated with the room or space, such as egresses, doors,windows, fireplaces, floorings, moldings, built-in furniture such ascabinets or shelves, switches, outlets, vents, or other details. Inaddition, various details may be received from a user, e.g., by inputsreceived via a user device. Further, the various details may beprocessed and compared with data stored within a detail library 113 toidentify, match, and/or generate the details. In addition, the detailmatcher/generator 114 may identify, match, and/or generate the variousdetails using various machine learning, image processing, edgedetection, surface detection, feature detection, and/or other algorithmsand techniques. Outputs of the detail matcher/generator 114 may includedetails from the detail library 113 that may be identified as matches todetails identified within the photogrammetry mesh 110, detailsidentified within the photogrammetry mesh 110 that are modified based onmatching details from the detail library 113, and/or details identifiedwithin the photogrammetry mesh 110 that are not substantially modified.

The photogrammetry mesh 110 may also be provided as inputs to a texturematcher/generator 116, which may be an application executed on the userdevice or a computing device other than the user device. The texturematcher/generator 116 may identify, match, and/or generate varioustextures associated with the room or space, such as materials, colors,shades, hues, smoothness, reflectivity, lighting effects, or othertextures associated with a floor, walls, ceiling, objects, furniture, orother surfaces or aspects of the room or space. In addition, varioustextures may be received from a user, e.g., by inputs received via auser device. Further, the various textures may be processed and comparedwith data stored within a texture library 115 to identify, match, and/orgenerate the textures. In addition, the texture matcher/generator 116may identify, match, and/or generate the various textures using variousmachine learning, image processing, edge detection, surface detection,feature detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques. Outputs ofthe texture matcher/generator 116 may include textures from the texturelibrary 115 that may be identified as matches to textures identifiedwithin the photogrammetry mesh 110, textures identified within thephotogrammetry mesh 110 that are modified based on matching texturesfrom the texture library 115, and/or textures identified within thephotogrammetry mesh 110 that are not substantially modified.

Outputs from the room geometry generator 112, the detailmatcher/generator 114, and the texture matcher/generator 116 may then beprovided as inputs to a room modeler 118, which may be an applicationexecuted on the user device or a computing device other than the userdevice. The room modeler 118 may generate a three-dimensional model ofthe room 120 based on the three-dimensional geometric shell of the roomor space generated by the room geometry generator 112, and including thevarious details generated by the detail matcher/generator 114 and thevarious textures generated by the texture matcher/generator 116, e.g.,utilizing various machine learning, geometric computer vision, imageprocessing, geometric calculation, position and orientation tracking,edge detection, surface detection, feature detection, and/or otheralgorithms and techniques. Then, while viewing or using thethree-dimensional model of the room 120, e.g., via a user device orother computing device, the user device or other computing device maycommunicate with various remote computing resources and/or other sourcesof data or information, including product catalogs or other repositoriesof items of interest, such that a user may identify, select, place,move, manipulate, evaluate, or modify one or more items of interest withrespect to the three-dimensional model of the room 120.

Additionally, the AR capture application 102 may include one or moreapplications that may be executed by a processor and provide outputs ofobject pictures 126. As described further herein, the object pictures126 may be captured based on traversal of one or more paths aroundobjects using an imaging sensor of the user device. The one or morepaths may be determined based on the dimensions of objects and/orvarious other movement data of the user device relative to objects. Theobject pictures 126 may include images of portions of the objects, inwhich each image includes at least a threshold amount of overlap with atleast one other image. Further, the object pictures 126 may beassociated with position and orientation information of the user deviceat the time of capture via the inertial measurement unit of the userdevice.

The object pictures 126 may be provided as inputs to a photogrammetryprocessor 128, which may be an application executed on the user deviceor a computing device other than the user device. One examplephotogrammetry processor may include Photoscan available from Agisoft®.The photogrammetry processor 128 may also receive as inputs position andorientation information of the user device at the time of capture of theobject pictures 126. Based at least in part on the object pictures 126and the position and orientation information of the user device, thephotogrammetry processor 128 may generate a photogrammetry mesh 130 ofobjects. The photogrammetry mesh 130 may comprise a three-dimensional,composite mesh of substantially all the object pictures 126 that havebeen combined, e.g., utilizing various image processing, featuredetection, machine learning, geometric computer vision, and/or otheralgorithms and techniques.

In addition, the photogrammetry mesh 110 of the room or space may beprocessed by an object classifier/segmenter 132, which may be anapplication executed on the user device or a computing device other thanthe user device. The object classifier/segmenter 132 may identify and/orgenerate various objects that were captured as part of the room pictures106 and processed as part of the photogrammetry mesh 110 of the room orspace, e.g., utilizing various machine learning, image processing, edgedetection, surface detection, feature detection, and/or other algorithmsand techniques.

The photogrammetry mesh 130 of objects and outputs of the objectclassifier/segmenter 132 may be provided as inputs to an objectmatcher/generator 134, which may be an application executed on the userdevice or a computing device other than the user device. The objectmatcher/generator 134 may identify, match, and/or generate variousobjects associated with the room or space, such as furniture, sofas,chairs, stools, tables, stands, lamps, lights, or other objects. Inaddition, various objects, or aspects thereof, may be received from auser, e.g., by inputs received via a user device. Further, the variousobjects may be processed and compared with data stored within an objectlibrary 133 to identify, match, and/or generate the objects. Inaddition, the object matcher/generator 134 may identify, match, and/orgenerate the various objects using various machine learning, imageprocessing, edge detection, surface detection, feature detection, and/orother algorithms and techniques. Outputs of the object matcher/generator134 may include objects from the object library 133 that may beidentified as matches to objects identified within the photogrammetrymesh 130 or matches to objects identified by the objectclassifier/segmenter 132 within the photogrammetry mesh 110, objectsidentified within the photogrammetry meshes 110, 130 that are modifiedbased on matching objects from the object library 133, and/or objectsidentified within the photogrammetry meshes 110, 130 that are notsubstantially modified.

Further, outputs from the object matcher/generator 134 may also beprovided as inputs to the room modeler 118, which may be an applicationexecuted on the user device or a computing device other than the userdevice. The room modeler 118 may generate a three-dimensional model ofthe room 120 based on the three-dimensional geometric shell of the roomor space generated by the room geometry generator 112, and including thevarious objects generated by the object matcher/generator 134, e.g.,utilizing various machine learning, geometric computer vision, imageprocessing, geometric calculation, position and orientation tracking,edge detection, surface detection, feature detection, and/or otheralgorithms and techniques.

In example embodiments, the room measurements 104, room pictures 106,photogrammetry room mesh 110, geometric shell generated by the roomgeometry generator 112, and the three-dimensional model of the room orspace may be generally described herein in the context of enabling usersto generate three-dimensional models of their rooms or spaces andsubsequently designing and/or modifying such rooms or spaces usingvirtual reality, mixed reality, and/or augmented reality. For example,such three-dimensional models of rooms or spaces may allow rapiditerations of interior design and modification, and may enable moreinformed and satisfied purchase decisions based on such design andmodification.

In other example embodiments, the various portions or outputs of thesystem diagram of FIG. 1 may be utilized for various other applications.For example, identifying dimensions or measurements of a room or spaceand generating three-dimensional models of rooms or spaces may enableusers to set boundaries or usable space for other applications withinvirtual reality, mixed reality, or augmented reality environments, suchas games, entertainment, or other applications. In addition, identifyingdimensions or measurements of a room or space and generatingthree-dimensional models of rooms or spaces may enable users to setboundaries or limits related to operations of other semi-autonomous orautonomous systems, such as autonomous or driverless vehicles,autonomous or robotic delivery applications, robotic assistanceapplications such as robotic vacuum or cleaning applications, or variousother connected home applications. Further, identifying dimensions ormeasurements of a room or space and generating three-dimensional modelsof rooms or spaces may enable users to set boundaries or limits relatedto operations of various security applications, such as settingacceptable camera viewing locations, acceptable camera sweep angles, orother parameters to maintain security and privacy.

Further, identifying dimensions or measurements of a room or space andgenerating three-dimensional models of rooms or spaces may enablevarious items, such as televisions, sofas, furniture, tables, paints,floor coverings, or other items, to be recommended to or identified forusers to ensure acceptable fit and function. Moreover, identifyingdimensions or measurements of a room or space and generatingthree-dimensional models of rooms or spaces may enable users todetermine optimal placement and operation of various types of devices,such as lamps, lights, audio speakers, televisions, air purifiers, fans,air conditioners, heaters, network or WiFi access points, connected homedevices, or other devices or systems.

FIG. 2 is a flow diagram illustrating an example three-dimensional roommodel generation process 200, in accordance with disclosedimplementations.

The process 200 may begin with a room measurement process, as at 202. Asfurther described herein at least with respect to FIGS. 6A-6E, uponreceiving user consent, the room measurement process may includegenerating a local coordinate frame for measuring a room or space usinga user device, determining a floor plane of the room or space using theuser device, determining one or more wall planes of the room or spaceusing the user device, and determining a ceiling plane of the room orspace using the user device. Various sensors of the user device may beutilized during the room measurement process, including an inertialmeasurement unit, an imaging sensor, and/or other sensors. In addition,the various data detected by the sensors may be processed, analyzed, orcalculated to determine each of the floor plane, the one or more wallsplanes, and the ceiling plane of the room or space.

The process 200 may proceed, optionally, with receiving user inputassociated with room dimensions, as at 204. For example, a user mayseparately measure or identify one or more dimensions of a room orspace, such as lengths of one or more walls, a ceiling height, or otherdimensions. In addition, an electronic tape measure and/or a digitalmeasurement application may be associated with the user device tomeasure or identify one or more dimensions of a room or space. Further,various documents or forms, such as building floor plans, appraisalreports, public land records, or others, may be provided, retrieved,scanned, or otherwise received by a user device to identify or determineone or more dimensions of a room or space. In some example embodiments,the user device may provide one or more prompts, fields, or forms thatmay be filled with such measured or identified dimensions. The roomdimensions provided as user input may be used as additional inputs tothe process, and/or may be used to validate other portions of theprocess.

The process 200 may then continue with an image capture process usingring paths, as at 206. As further described herein at least with respectto FIGS. 11A-11C, upon receiving user consent, the image capture processusing ring paths may include generating a ring path within the room orspace based at least in part on the room measurements and/or movement ofthe user device within the room, generating a target along the ringpath, and generating a reticle within a display of the user device. Forexample, the ring path may be a scaled down version of the walls of theroom and may be substantially centered within the room. In addition, thetarget may be placed on a portion of the ring path closest to a currentposition of the user device. Further, the user may be instructed toplace the target within the reticle presented via the display andtraverse around the ring path. In this manner, a field of view of animaging sensor of the user device may extend substantially across theroom or space during traversal of the user device around the ring path,and images of the room or space may be captured, upon receiving userconsent, during the traversal of the user device. Further, during theimage capture process, data associated with position and/or orientationof the user device may be captured upon receiving user consent, e.g.,using an inertial measurement unit of the user device, and the positionand/or orientation data may be associated with particular imagescaptured at such positions and/or orientations.

Alternatively or in addition to step 206, the process 200 may thenproceed with an image capture process using panorama paths, as at 208.As further described herein at least with respect to FIGS. 15A and 15B,upon receiving user consent, the image capture process using panoramapaths may include generating a panorama path comprising one or morelocations within the room or space based at least in part on the roommeasurements and/or movement of the user device within the room,generating a direction or order of traversal among the one or morelocations of the panorama path, and generating a direction or order ofsweep of the user device at each of the one or more locations of thepanorama path. For example, the one or more locations of the panoramapath may comprise locations associated with corners and/or edges of theroom or space. In addition, the order of traversal among the one or morelocations may be counterclockwise or clockwise, from a top-down view ofthe room or space. Further, the direction of sweep of the user device ateach of the one or more locations may be left-to-right or right-to-left,from a top-down view of the room or space. Moreover, a user may beinstructed to traverse the user device among the one or more locationsof the panorama path, and the user may also be instructed to sweep theuser device at each of the one or more locations of the panorama path.In this manner, an imaging sensor of the user device may capture images,upon receiving user consent, during traversal among the one or morelocations, and the imaging sensor may also capture images, uponreceiving user consent, during sweeps at each of the one or morelocations, during which a field of view of the imaging sensor may sweepover an arc from one edge or end of the room or space to another edge orend of the room or space. Further, during the image capture process,data associated with position and/or orientation of the user device maybe captured upon receiving user consent, e.g., using an inertialmeasurement unit of the user device, and the position and/or orientationdata may be associated with particular images captured at such positionsand/or orientations.

The process 200 may then continue by processing the images usingphotogrammetry to create a three-dimensional mesh of the room, as at210. For example, various photogrammetry algorithms and techniques, suchas photogrammetry processor 108, may be used to process the imagescaptured using ring paths and/or panorama paths. Generally, an imagethat may be processed using photogrammetry may overlap at leastapproximately 30% with at least one other image to be processed. Inother embodiments, the amount of overlap between at least two images tobe processed using photogrammetry may be less, e.g., at leastapproximately 20%, or greater, e.g., at least approximately 50%, atleast approximately 60%, or more. For example, a desired amount ofoverlap between images may be obtained by processing to determine anactual amount of overlap between images, adjusting a frame rate of animaging sensor, providing guidance or cues related to a rate of movementof an imaging sensor, and/or providing guidance or cues related tocapture of additional or supplemental imaging data. Further, thephotogrammetry algorithms and techniques may utilize the position and/ororientation data associated with each particular image during the imagecapture process to expedite processing and/or reduce computational loadassociated with the creation of the three-dimensional photogrammetricmesh of the room or space, as the position and/or orientation data mayfacilitate the accurate positioning or placement of images relative toeach other during photogrammetry processing.

The process 200 may then proceed by processing the images and roomdimensions to determine scale and shape of the room, as at 212. Forexample, various geometry generator algorithms and techniques, such asroom geometry generator 112, may be used to process the images and roomdimensions or measurements to generate a three-dimensional geometricshell of the room or space. In some embodiments, the room dimensions ormeasurements may be used to generate the three-dimensional geometricshell of the room or space, and the photogrammetry mesh of the room orspace may be stretched, shrunken, scaled, or otherwise modified to matchthe size, scale, and shape of the three-dimensional geometric shell ofthe room or space.

The process 200 may then continue, optionally, to process the images toidentify or match room textures, as at 214. For example, various imageprocessing and classification algorithms and techniques, such as atexture matcher/generator 116, may process the images and/or thephotogrammetry mesh to identify various textures associated with theroom or space, such as materials, colors, shades, hues, smoothness,reflectivity, lighting effects, or other textures. In addition, theidentified textures may be matched with various known textures, and/orone or more textures may be generated based on the identified or matchedtextures. Further, in example embodiments in which the images are knownto be associated with rooms or spaces having flat floors, walls,ceilings, or other surfaces, textures of such surfaces may be assumed tobe relatively flat, thereby facilitating faster processing and lesscomputational load. In addition, the process 200 may further proceed,optionally, to receive user input associated with room textures, as at216. For example, a user may separately provide or identify one or moretextures of a room or space. In some example embodiments, the userdevice may provide one or more prompts, fields, or forms that may befilled with such identified textures. The room textures provided as userinput may be used as additional inputs to the process, and/or may beused to validate other portions of the process.

The process 200 may then continue, optionally, to process the images toidentify or match room details, as at 218. For example, various imageprocessing and classification algorithms and techniques, such as adetail matcher/generator 114, may process the images and/or thephotogrammetry mesh to identify various details associated with the roomor space, such as egresses, doors, windows, fireplaces, floorings,moldings, built-in furniture such as cabinets or shelves, switches,outlets, vents, or other details. In addition, the identified detailsmay be matched with various known details, and/or one or more detailsmay be generated based on the identified or matched details. Inaddition, the process 200 may further proceed, optionally, to receiveuser input associated with room details, as at 220. For example, a usermay separately provide or identify one or more details of a room orspace. In some example embodiments, the user device may provide one ormore prompts, fields, or forms that may be filled with such identifieddetails. The room details provided as user input may be used asadditional inputs to the process, and/or may be used to validate otherportions of the process.

The process 200 may then continue, optionally, to an image captureprocess using ring paths applied to objects within the room, as at 222.For example, as further described herein at least with respect to FIGS.11A-11C, upon receiving user consent, the image capture process usingring paths may include generating a ring path around an object based atleast in part on the object measurements and/or movement of the userdevice relative to the object, generating a target along the ring path,and generating a reticle within a display of the user device. Forexample, the ring path may be a scaled up version of the outer peripheryof the object and may be substantially centered about the object. Inaddition, the target may be placed on a portion of the ring path closestto a current position of the user device. Further, the user may beinstructed to place the target within the reticle presented via thedisplay and traverse around the ring path. In this manner, a field ofview of an imaging sensor of the user device may extend substantiallydirectly toward the object during traversal of the user device aroundthe ring path, and images of the object may be captured, upon receivinguser consent, during the traversal of the user device. Further, duringthe image capture process, data associated with position and/ororientation of the user device may be captured upon receiving userconsent, e.g., using an inertial measurement unit of the user device,and the position and/or orientation data may be associated withparticular images captured at such positions and/or orientations.

The process 200 may then continue, optionally, by processing the imagesof objects using photogrammetry to create three-dimensional meshes ofthe objects, as at 224. For example, various photogrammetry algorithmsand techniques, such as photogrammetry processor 108, may be used toprocess the images captured using ring paths. Generally, an image thatmay be processed using photogrammetry may overlap at least approximately30% with at least one other image to be processed. In other embodiments,the amount of overlap between at least two images to be processed usingphotogrammetry may be less, e.g., at least approximately 20%, orgreater, e.g., at least approximately 50%, at least approximately 60%,or more. For example, a desired amount of overlap between images may beobtained by processing to determine an actual amount of overlap betweenimages, adjusting a frame rate of an imaging sensor, providing guidanceor cues related to a rate of movement of an imaging sensor, and/orproviding guidance or cues related to capture of additional orsupplemental imaging data. Further, the photogrammetry algorithms andtechniques may utilize the position and/or orientation data associatedwith each particular image during the image capture process to expediteprocessing and/or reduce computational load associated with the creationof the three-dimensional photogrammetric mesh of the object, as theposition and/or orientation data may facilitate the accurate positioningor placement of images relative to each other during photogrammetryprocessing.

The process 200 may then continue, optionally, to process the images toidentify or match room objects, as at 226. For example, various imageprocessing and classification algorithms and techniques, such as anobject matcher/generator 134, may process the images and/or thephotogrammetry mesh to identify various objects associated with the roomor space, such as furniture, sofas, chairs, stools, tables, stands,lamps, lights, or other objects. In addition, the identified objects maybe matched with various known objects, and/or one or more objects may begenerated based on the identified or matched objects. Further, inexample embodiments in which the images are known to be associated withrooms or spaces having various furniture or objects, identified objectsmay be assumed to be in contact with the floor, walls, ceiling, or othersurfaces, thereby facilitating faster processing and less computationalload. In addition, user input associated with room objects or aspectsthereof may, optionally, be received. For example, a user may separatelyprovide or identify one or more objects or aspects thereof of a room orspace. In some example embodiments, the user device may provide one ormore prompts, fields, or forms that may be filled with such identifiedobjects or aspects thereof. The room objects or aspects thereof providedas user input may be used as additional inputs to the process, and/ormay be used to validate other portions of the process.

The process 200 may then proceed to generate a three-dimensional modelof the room based on the dimensions, images, three-dimensionalphotogrammetric meshes, textures, details, and/or objects, as at 228.For example, various three-dimensional modeling algorithms ortechniques, such as a room modeler 118, may receive and process thevarious data associated with the room or space, as described herein, andmay generate a three-dimensional model of the room or space thataccurately reflects various aspects of the actual, real-world room orspace, including size, scale, shape, textures or surface features,details or fixtures, objects or furniture, and/or other aspects of theroom or space. The three-dimensional model of the room or space may begenerated with various levels or degrees of resolution. For example,depending on characteristics of the computing device and associateddisplay that may render, display, or present the three-dimensionalmodel, the three-dimensional model may be generated with a level ofresolution high enough to enable photorealistic rendering of the modelwhile also minimizing the computation load and processing timeassociated with the model. In some examples, embodiments, multiplethree-dimensional models of a room or space at different levels ofresolution may be generated, e.g., using remote or cloud computingdevice, and one of the multiple three-dimensional models may be selectedfor transmission to and presentation by a user computing device based oncharacteristics of the user computing device and associated display.

FIG. 3A is a schematic diagram 300A of an example of local coordinateframe generation, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 3A illustrates a schematic top-down view of an example user device310 within a room or space. The user device 310 may be a mobilecomputing device, such as a smartphone, and may comprise a processor, amemory having executable instructions and one or more applications, oneor more inputs such as buttons, a touchscreen, and/or microphones, oneor more outputs such as a display and/or speakers, one or more sensorssuch as an inertial measurement unit, an imaging sensor, and/or othersensors, and/or any or all features described herein with respect touser devices. The room or space may be bounded by a floor 302 or lower,substantially horizontal boundary, at least two walls 304-1, 304-2 orsubstantially vertical boundaries, and a ceiling (not shown) or upper,substantially horizontal boundary.

During operation of the user device 310, e.g., during startup orinitialization of the user device, the user device 310 may initializeone or more of its sensors, such as an inertial measurement unit,accelerometer, gyroscope, or magnetometer. In addition, the user device310 may designate a local coordinate frame for position and orientationtracking of the user device, such as a local xyz coordinate frame.Further, the user device 310 may designate a current position within thelocal coordinate frame, as measured by one or more of the inertialmeasurement unit, accelerometer, gyroscope, or magnetometer, as a homeor starting position. For example, the home or starting position may bedesignated with xyz coordinates of (0,0,0) in units of meters. As shownin FIG. 3A, the home position may be associated with a position withinthe bounds of the room at which a user is holding the user device 310during operation, startup, or initialization. In other embodiments, thehome or starting position may be designated with any other xyzcoordinates using any other units of measure.

Then, during continued operation of the user device 310, movement of theuser device 310 may be tracked, upon receiving user consent, within thelocal coordinate frame and with reference to the home or startingposition. For example, as shown in FIG. 3A, position and orientationinformation of the user device 310 may be tracked by one or more of theinertial measurement unit, accelerometer, gyroscope, or magnetometerwithin the local xyz coordinate frame and with reference to the homeposition designated as (0,0,0).

In the example shown in FIG. 3A, upon receiving an indication associatedwith a base 314-1 of wall 304-1, as described in greater detail withrespect to at least FIG. 3C, the base 314-1 of the wall 304-1 may beidentified as a point with coordinates (5,0,−1) within the local xyzcoordinate frame and with reference to the home position havingcoordinates (0,0,0), which may mean that the base 314-1 of the wall304-1 is five meters in the positive X direction relative to the homeposition, zero meters in either the positive or negative Y directionrelative to the home position, and one meter in the negative Z direction(toward the floor 302) relative to the home position.

As another example, upon receiving an indication associated with a base314-2 of wall 304-2, as described in greater detail with respect to atleast FIG. 3C, the base 314-2 of the wall 304-2 may be identified as apoint with coordinates (0,7,−1) within the local xyz coordinate frameand with reference to the home position having coordinates (0,0,0),which may mean that the base 314-2 of the wall 304-2 is zero meters inthe positive or negative X direction relative to the home position,seven meters in the positive Y direction relative to the home position,and one meter in the negative Z direction (toward the floor 302)relative to the home position.

In this manner, position and orientation information or data of the userdevice 310 within a room or space may be continually tracked and stored,upon receiving user consent, such that dimensions or measurements of theroom may be determined and size, scale, and shape of the room may alsobe determined upon identification of bounds, e.g., floor, walls, andceiling, of the room within the local coordinate frame and withreference to the home or starting position. Further, the position andorientation information or data of the user device 310 may be associatedwith various other data, e.g., imaging data, other data, user inputs, orother inputs or indications, during movement of the user device 310within the room and/or at the time of detection of such other data,inputs, or indications, in order to correlate the various other datawith particular positions and/or orientations of the user device 310during operation and/or movement.

FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram 300B of an example of floor planedetermination, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 3B illustrates a schematic side view of an example user device 310within a room or space at three different points in time, e.g., userdevice 310-1 at time 1, user device 310-2 at time 2, and user device310-3 at time 3. The user device 310 may be a mobile computing device,such as a smartphone, and may comprise any or all features describedherein with respect to user devices. The room or space may be bounded bya floor 302 or lower, substantially horizontal boundary, walls (notshown) or substantially vertical boundaries, and a ceiling (not shown)or upper, substantially horizontal boundary.

In order to determine a floor plane associated with the floor 302, theuser device 310 may be moved between various positions within the roomor space, such as the three positions of the user device 310-1, 310-2,310-3 illustrated in FIG. 3B. During movement of the user device 310, animaging sensor of the user device 310 may have at least a portion of thefloor 302 within a field of view, and various features of the floor 302may be present within images captured by the imaging sensor. Forexample, various features, such as feature 302-1, on the floor 302 maybe identified within each of the images captured at the three positionsof the user device 310-1, 310-2, 310-3, e.g., using various imageprocessing, feature detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques.

In addition, during movement of the user device and capture of imagesusing the imaging sensor, position and orientation data associated withthe user device may also be captured using an inertial measurement unitof the user device. Based at least in part on the identified features,such as feature 302-1, associated with the floor 302 and captured at thedifferent positions of the user device 310-1, 310-2, 310-3, and positionand orientation data associated with the user device at the time ofcapture of the identified features, such as feature 302-1, at thedifferent positions of the user device 310-1, 310-2, 310-3, angles anddistances between the identified features and different positions of theuser device may be determined in order to triangulate positions of theidentified features within the local coordinate frame. Upon identifyingangles and distances between at least three features on the floor 302and different positions of the user device at which the at least threefeatures were captured using an imaging sensor, a floor plane associatedwith the floor 302 may be determined within the local coordinate frame.Additional identified features captured from different positions of theuser device may further refine the determination of the floor planeassociated with the floor 302 within the local coordinate frame. Inother example embodiments, the user device may comprise a depth sensorthat detects depth data that may further aid the determination ofdistances between the user device and various identified features of thefloor.

In this manner, a floor plane associated with a floor of a room or spacemay be determined within a local coordinate frame using imaging datacaptured by an imaging sensor of a user device and position andorientation information or data detected by an inertial measurement unitof the user device, e.g., by identifying within imaging data variousfeatures associated with the floor using image processing, featuredetection, and/or other algorithms or techniques, and by calculatingand/or triangulating angles and distances between the identifiedfeatures associated with the floor and positions and orientations of theuser device relative to such identified features.

FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram 300C of an example of wall planedetermination, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 3C illustrates a schematic side view of an example user device310-4 within a room or space. The user device 310-4 may be a mobilecomputing device, such as a smartphone, and may comprise any or allfeatures described herein with respect to user devices. The room orspace may be bounded by a floor 302 or lower, substantially horizontalboundary, at least one wall 304 or substantially vertical boundary, anda ceiling (not shown) or upper, substantially horizontal boundary.

In order to determine a wall plane associated with a wall 304, the userdevice 310-4 may be moved to a position to indicate a base 314-4 of thewall 304. For example, as further described herein, various visual cuesor indications may be displayed via a display of the user device toenable a user to indicate the base 314-4 of the wall 304, overlaid oralong with imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the userdevice. One example visual cue may be a substantially horizontal linedisplayed at a known position, e.g., at a substantially constantposition, within the display of the user device. Upon matching or liningup the visual cue displayed within the display of the user device withthe base 314-4 of the wall 304 within the imaging data, the user mayprovide an indication via the user device to identify the base 314-4 ofthe wall 304. For example, the user may provide user input via a button,a user interface element via a touchscreen, an audible input, or variousother inputs.

Responsive to or concurrently with receiving the user indication thatidentifies the base 314-4 of the wall 304, position and orientation dataassociated with the user device at the time of the user indication maybe determined using an inertial measurement unit of the user device.Based on the position and orientation data of the user device and basedon a previously determined or known floor plane position within thelocal coordinate frame, a distance between the user device and the floorplane may be determined at the time of the user indication. In addition,an orientation or angle of the imaging sensor of the user device at thetime of the user indication relative to the floor plane may also bedetermined based on the position and orientation data of the userdevice. Further, based on the distance between the user device and thefloor plane, and the orientation or angle of the imaging sensor relativeto the floor plane, a distance between the user device and a wall planeassociated with the wall 304 may be determined.

For example, as shown in FIG. 3C, the distance between the user deviceand the floor plane may be labeled as z₁, the orientation or angle ofthe imaging sensor relative to the floor plane may be labeled as Θ₁, andthe distance between the user device and the wall plane may be labeledas x₁. Then, because z₁ and Θ₁ are previously determined or known, thefollowing trigonometric equation may be solved to determine x₁.tan(Θ₁)=x ₁ /z ₁

Additional wall planes associated with one or more additional walls mayalso be determined in similar manner as described above using positionand orientation data of the user device, a previously determined orknown floor plane position, orientation data of an imaging sensor of theuser device, and user indications of bases of such one or moreadditional walls. In other example embodiments, the user device maycomprise a depth sensor that detects depth data that may further aid thedetermination of distances between the user device and the floor plane,the base of the wall, and/or the wall plane.

In this manner, one or more wall planes associated with walls that bounda room or space may be determined within a local coordinate frame usingposition and orientation data of a user device and a floor planeposition, e.g., by calculating distances and angles between the userdevice and the floor plane position, in order to determine distances tothe one or more wall planes within the local coordinate frame, e.g., bytrigonometric calculation of such distances.

In some example embodiments, multiple points, e.g., corners or otherpoints, along a base of a wall may be identified by user indications.Respective distances from the user device to each of the multiple pointsmay be determined in order to determine a line that intersects each ofthe multiple points along the base of the wall, and then to determine awall plane that coincides with the line (and the multiple points) alongthe base of the wall. In other example embodiments, a line (rather thanindividual points) along the base of the wall may be identified by auser indication. Then, the distance from the user device to any pointalong the line may be determined, and a wall plane may be determinedthat intersects the point (and coincides with the line) along the baseof the wall. Further, in some example embodiments, edge, line, surface,or feature detection algorithms and techniques may be used to aid theuser in aligning the visual cue or indication displayed via the displayof the user device with one or more points or a line associated with abase of the wall.

FIG. 3D is a schematic diagram of an example of ceiling planedetermination, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 3D illustrates a schematic side view of an example user device310-5 within a room or space. The user device 310-5 may be a mobilecomputing device, such as a smartphone, and may comprise any or allfeatures described herein with respect to user devices. The room orspace may be bounded by a floor 302 or lower, substantially horizontalboundary, at least one wall 304 or substantially vertical boundary, anda ceiling 306 or upper, substantially horizontal boundary.

In order to determine a ceiling plane associated with a previouslyidentified or known wall 304 of a room, the user device 310-5 may bemoved to a position to indicate a top 314-5 of the wall 304. Forexample, as further described herein, various visual cues or indicationsmay be displayed via a display of the user device to enable a user toindicate the top 314-5 of the wall 304, overlaid or along with imagingdata captured via an imaging sensor of the user device. One examplevisual cue may be a substantially horizontal line displayed at a knownposition, e.g., at a substantially constant position, within the displayof the user device. Upon matching or lining up the visual cue displayedwithin the display of the user device with the top 314-5 of the wall 304within the imaging data, the user may provide an indication via the userdevice to identify the top 314-5 of the wall 304. For example, the usermay provide user input via a button, a user interface element via atouchscreen, an audible input, or various other inputs.

Responsive to or concurrently with receiving the user indication thatidentifies the top 314-5 of the wall 304, position and orientation dataassociated with the user device at the time of the user indication maybe determined using an inertial measurement unit of the user device.Based on the position and orientation data of the user device and basedon a previously determined or known floor plane position within thelocal coordinate frame, a distance between the user device and the floorplane may be determined at the time of the user indication. In addition,based on the position and orientation data of the user device and basedon a previously determined or known wall plane position within the localcoordinate frame, a distance between the user device and the wall planeassociated with the wall 304 may be determined at the time of the userindication. Furthermore, an orientation or angle of the imaging sensorof the user device at the time of the user indication relative to thefloor plane may also be determined based on the position and orientationdata of the user device. Further, based on the distance between the userdevice and the floor plane, the distance between the user device and thewall plane, and the orientation or angle of the imaging sensor relativeto the floor plane, a distance between the user device and a ceilingplane associated with the ceiling 306 may be determined, such that anoverall height of the ceiling plane relative to the floor plane withinthe local coordinate frame may be determined.

For example, as shown in FIG. 3D, the distance between the user deviceand the floor plane may be labeled as z₁, the distance between the userdevice and the wall plane may be labeled as x₁, the orientation or angleof the imaging sensor relative to the floor plane may be labeled as Θ₂,the distance between the user device and the ceiling plane may belabeled as z₂, and the overall height of the ceiling plane relative tothe floor plane may be labeled as h. Then, because x₁ and Θ₂ arepreviously determined or known, the following trigonometric equation maybe solved to determine z₂.tan(Θ₂)=z ₂ /x ₁

Further, because z₁ is previously determined or known, the followingequation may be solved to determine the overall height h of the ceilingplane relative to the floor plane.h=z ₁ +z ₂

Additional portions or sections of the ceiling plane associated with oneor more additional walls, e.g., gabled, angled, vaulted, or otherwisenon-horizontal ceiling planes, may also be determined in similar manneras described above using position and orientation data of the userdevice, a previously determined or known floor plane position, apreviously determined or known wall plane position, orientation data ofan imaging sensor of the user device, and user indications of tops ofsuch one or more additional wall planes. In other example embodiments,the user device may comprise a depth sensor that detects depth data thatmay further aid the determination of distances between the user deviceand the floor plane, the top of the wall, the wall planes, and/or theceiling plane.

In this manner, a ceiling plane associated with walls that bound a roomor space may be determined within a local coordinate frame usingposition and orientation data of a user device, a floor plane position,and a wall plane position, e.g., by calculating distances and anglesbetween the user device and the floor plane position and between theuser device and the wall plane position, in order to determine adistance to the ceiling plane within the local coordinate frame, e.g.,by trigonometric calculation of such distance.

In some example embodiments, multiple points, e.g., corners or otherpoints, along a top of a wall may be identified by user indications.Respective distances from the user device to each of the multiple pointsmay be determined in order to determine a line that intersects each ofthe multiple points along the top of the wall, and then to determine aceiling plane that coincides with the line (and the multiple points)along the top of the wall. In other example embodiments, a line (ratherthan individual points) along the top of the wall may be identified by auser indication. Then, the distance from the user device to any pointalong the line may be determined, and a ceiling plane may be determinedthat intersects the point (and coincides with the line) along the top ofthe wall. Further, in some example embodiments, edge, line, surface, orfeature detection algorithms and techniques may be used to aid the userin aligning the visual cue or indication displayed via the display ofthe user device with one or more points or a line associated with a topof the wall.

Although FIGS. 3A-3D illustrate particular positions, orientations, orconfigurations of the user device and particular numbers of identifiedfeatures, points, lines, edges, or surfaces of floors, walls, and/orceilings, various other positions, orientations, and configurations ofthe user device, as well as various other numbers of identifiedfeatures, points, lines, edges, or surfaces of floors, walls, and/orceilings may be used to determine dimensions or measurements of a roomor space. Further, in some example embodiments, a user may provide userinput directly related to dimensions or measurements of a room or space,e.g., by filling in prompts or fields displayed via display of the userdevice with dimensions or measurements taken or previously known to theuser. Such user input may be directly used as dimensions or measurementsof the room, and/or may be used to validate the various processes andsystems used to determine dimensions or measurements of a room asdescribed herein.

Further, during any of the various operations or processes describedherein with respect to determining dimensions or measurements of a roomor space, an imaging sensor of the user device may capture images of theroom or space, along with position and orientation data of the userdevice at the time of such capture, and the captured images and positionand orientation data may be used as additional inputs to thephotogrammetry processor to create a photogrammetry mesh of the room, asfurther described herein.

FIGS. 4A-4K are example user interface screens illustrating steps of anexample room measurement process with augmented reality guidance, inaccordance with disclosed implementations.

As described herein with respect to FIGS. 4A-4K, upon receiving userconsent, a user device may initiate various sensors associated with theuser device, may initialize position and orientation tracking using oneor more sensors, may designate a local coordinate frame and/or a homeposition, and may initiate tracking of the position and orientation ofthe user device within the local coordinate frame. In addition, the userdevice may receive position and orientation data and may receive imagingdata from an imaging sensor to identify features associated with a lowerboundary and determine the lower boundary position within the localcoordinate frame. Further, the user device may present, via a display, avisual guide overlaying a field of view of the imaging sensor, mayreceive an indication of a vertical boundary associated with the visualguide, and may receive position and orientation data to determine thevertical boundary position within the local coordinate frame. Moreover,the user device may present, via a display, a visual guide overlaying afield of view of the imaging sensor, may receive an indication of anupper boundary associated with the visual guide, and may receiveposition and orientation data to determine the upper boundary positionwithin the local coordinate frame.

FIG. 4A illustrates an example user interface screen related toinitiating the room measurement process. For example, the example userinterface screen may include an indication 402 related to beginning theroom measurement process, and may also include a confirmation userinterface element 404. User input may be received via the confirmationuser interface element 404 to begin the room measurement process, e.g.,via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 4B illustrates an example user interface screen related toinitializing one or more sensors of the user device, designating a localcoordinate frame for operation of the user device, and determining afloor plane of the room using the user device. For example, the exampleuser interface screen may include an indication 406 related toinitializing the user device and determining a floor plane of the room,such as pointing the user device toward the floor such that a field ofview of an imaging sensor of the user device includes at least a portionof the floor and moving the user device while maintaining at least aportion of the floor within the field of view of the imaging sensor. Inaddition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user devicemay be presented via a display of the user device.

During such movement of the user device, the user device may initializeone or more sensors, such as the imaging sensor, a depth sensor, aninertial measurement unit, other position or orientation sensors, orvarious other sensors. In addition, as described herein, the user devicemay designate a local coordinate frame for operation of the user device,and may determine a home or starting position within the localcoordinate frame relative to which movement of the user device may betracked, upon receiving user consent, within the local coordinate frame.Further, as described herein, the imaging sensor of the user device maycapture images and/or identify various features associated with thefloor and determine a floor plane position of the floor based at leastin part on the identified features and position and orientation data ofthe user device with respect to the identified features.

Upon determining the floor plane position of the floor, the example userinterface screen may also include a visual grid, overlay, or pattern 410indicating the floor plane position, such as a triangular, rectangular,diamond, colored, solid, semi-transparent, or other grids, overlays, orpatterns. The visual grid 410 may be presented as extending continuouslyin all directions, fading towards outer edges in all directions,stopping at identified bases of walls within the room, and/or fadingtowards edges prior to intersecting any identified bases of walls withinthe room. In addition, the visual grid 410 may be presented withsemi-transparent points, lines, and/or colors or other similar visualeffects, such that the overlay of the visual grid 410 on top of objectsthat may be separated or on top of a floor plane position within theimaging data does not cause confusion with users as to the actuallocation of the floor plane position indicated by the visual grid 410.

Moreover, the example user interface screen may also include asubstantially horizontal line indication 408 that may be used in laterportions of the process to mark or identify bases and/or tops of wallsto determine one or more wall planes and/or a ceiling plane. Thehorizontal line indication 408 may be presented with a first size,length, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic, e.g., relatively small, short, thin, with a first color,and/or with greater transparency, when the indication 408 is not alignedwith a line that is recognized within the imaging data, e.g., usingcomputer vision, edge or line detection, and/or other algorithms andtechniques. In addition, the horizontal line indication 408 may includevarious other shapes, sizes, or visual presentations, which may beselected by a user, such as one or more angled indicators to mark acorner, doorway, or other angled boundary of the room or space, and/orone or more arced or curved indicators to mark a curved wall or otherarced boundary of the room or space. Then, the dimensions of the room orspace may be determined using equations, which are modified as comparedto those described herein, that take into account the angled indicatorsand/or arced or curved indicators and their various geometricproperties.

Further, in some example embodiments, the horizontal line indication 408may be generated and projected within three-dimensional space relativeto imaging data that is presented via a display of the user device, andthe horizontal line indication 408 may be projected onto a floor orfloor plane of the room or space to facilitate identification of one ormore walls or wall planes, and/or the horizontal line indication 408 maybe projected onto a wall or wall plane of the room or space tofacilitate identification of one or more ceilings or ceiling planes. Inother example embodiments, the horizontal line indication 408 may begenerated and presented in two-dimensional space within the display ofthe user device, and the horizontal line indication 408 may be alignedwith bases or edges of one or more walls or wall planes to facilitateidentification of one or more walls or wall planes, and/or thehorizontal line indication 408 may be aligned with tops or edges of oneor more walls or wall planes to facilitate identification of one or moreceilings or ceiling planes.

Further, the example user interface screen may also include a wallplacement user interface element 412 configured to receive anidentification of a base of a wall. User input may be received via thewall placement user interface element 412 responsive to the useraligning the horizontal line indication 408 with a base of a wall toidentify the wall, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 4C illustrates an example user interface screen related to markingor identifying a base of a wall using the user device, to identify thewall and/or the wall plane. For example, the example user interfacescreen may include an indication 414 related to aligning the horizontalline indication 408 with a base of a wall within the room. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device. As described herein, theexample user interface screen may also include a visual grid, overlay,or pattern 410 indicating the floor plane position. The visual grid 410may be presented as extending continuously in all directions, fadingtowards outer edges in all directions, stopping at identified bases ofwalls within the room, and/or fading towards edges prior to intersectingany identified bases of walls within the room.

In addition, the example user interface screen may also include asubstantially horizontal line indication 408 that may be used to mark oridentify bases of walls to determine one or more wall planes. Thehorizontal line indication 408 may be presented with a first size,length, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic, e.g., relatively small, short, thin, with a first color,and/or with greater transparency, when the indication 408 is not alignedwith a line that is recognized within the imaging data, e.g., usingcomputer vision, edge or line detection, and/or other algorithms andtechniques, and as shown in FIG. 4C, when the indication 408 is alignedwith a recognized line within the imaging data, the horizontal lineindication 408 may be presented with a second size, length, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic, e.g., larger,longer, thicker, with a different color, and/or with less transparency.Moreover, the horizontal line indication 408 may be presentedsubstantially horizontal and at a relatively constant position withinthe display of the user device. However, responsive to substantiallyaligning the horizontal line indication 408 with a line that isrecognized within the imaging data using computer vision, edge or linedetection, and/or other algorithms and techniques, the horizontal lineindication 408 may move or rotate to match or align with the recognizedline. In some example embodiments, the horizontal line indication 408may be substantially centered vertically within the display of the userdevice, and in other example embodiments, the horizontal line indication408 may be at a substantially constant position within a lower half orlower third of the display of the user device. Further, the example userinterface screen may also include a wall placement user interfaceelement 412 configured to receive an identification of a base of a wall.User input may be received via the wall placement user interface element412 responsive to the user aligning the horizontal line indication 408with a base of a wall to identify the wall, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 4D illustrates an example user interface screen related to markingor identifying a base of an additional wall using the user device, toidentify the additional wall and/or the additional wall plane. Forexample, the example user interface screen may include an indication 416related to aligning the horizontal line indication 408 with a base of anadditional wall within the room. In addition, imaging data captured viaan imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a display ofthe user device. Further, the example user interface screen may alsoinclude an indication 418 that provides a textual cue or guidance to theuser, such as guiding the user movement closer to walls to facilitatewall placement, which may be presented based on position and orientationdata of the user device and/or outputs of computer vision, edge or linedetection, and/or other algorithms and techniques that may be processingthe imaging data to identify edges or lines associated with bases ofwalls.

As described herein, the example user interface screen may also includea visual grid, overlay, or pattern 410 indicating the floor planeposition. The visual grid 410 may be presented as extending continuouslyin all directions, fading towards outer edges in all directions,stopping at identified bases of walls within the room, and/or fadingtowards edges prior to intersecting any identified bases of walls withinthe room. In addition, the example user interface screen may alsoinclude a substantially horizontal line indication 408 that may be usedto mark or identify bases of walls to determine one or more wall planes.The horizontal line indication 408 may be presented with a first size,length, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic, e.g., relatively small, short, thin, with a first color,and/or with greater transparency, when the indication 408 is not alignedwith a line that is recognized within the imaging data, e.g., usingcomputer vision, edge or line detection, and/or other algorithms andtechniques. Further, the example user interface screen may also includea wall placement user interface element 412 configured to receive anidentification of a base of a wall. User input may be received via thewall placement user interface element 412 responsive to the useraligning the horizontal line indication 408 with a base of a wall toidentify the wall, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 4E illustrates an example user interface screen related to markingor identifying a base of a further wall using the user device, toidentify the further wall and/or the further wall plane. For example,the example user interface screen may include an indication 420 relatedto aligning the horizontal line indication 408 with a base of a furtherwall within the room. In addition, imaging data captured via an imagingsensor of the user device may be presented via a display of the userdevice.

As described herein, the example user interface screen may also includea visual grid, overlay, or pattern 410 indicating the floor planeposition. The visual grid 410 may be presented as extending continuouslyin all directions, fading towards outer edges in all directions,stopping at identified bases of walls within the room, and/or fadingtowards edges prior to intersecting any identified bases of walls withinthe room. In addition, the example user interface screen may alsoinclude a substantially horizontal line indication 408 that may be usedto mark or identify bases of walls to determine one or more wall planes.The horizontal line indication 408 may be presented with a first size,length, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic, e.g., relatively small, short, thin, with a first color,and/or with greater transparency, when the indication 408 is not alignedwith a line that is recognized within the imaging data, e.g., usingcomputer vision, edge or line detection, and/or other algorithms andtechniques. Further, the example user interface screen may also includea wall placement user interface element 412 configured to receive anidentification of a base of a wall. User input may be received via thewall placement user interface element 412 responsive to the useraligning the horizontal line indication 408 with a base of a wall toidentify the wall, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 4F illustrates an example user interface screen related tocompleting the wall identification process, and/or editing or deletingan identified wall or wall plane using the user device. For example, theexample user interface screen may include an indication 422 related toidentifying a wall or wall plane to edit or delete by aligning thehorizontal line indication 408 with a base of the wall or wall plane tobe edited or deleted. In addition, imaging data captured via an imagingsensor of the user device may be presented via a display of the userdevice. Moreover, the example user interface screen may include aconfirmation user interface element 424 to indicate completion ofmarking or identification of all walls or wall planes. User input may bereceived via the confirmation user interface element 424 to complete thewall marking or identification process, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus,or other user input. Further, the example user interface screen may alsoinclude an indication 418 that provides a textual cue or guidance to theuser, such as guiding the user movement closer to walls to facilitatewall editing or deletion, which may be presented based on position andorientation data of the user device and/or outputs of computer vision,edge or line detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques that maybe processing the imaging data to identify edges or lines associatedwith bases of walls.

As described herein, the example user interface screen may also includea visual grid, overlay, or pattern 410 indicating the floor planeposition. The visual grid 410 may be presented as extending continuouslyin all directions, fading towards outer edges in all directions,stopping at identified bases of walls within the room, and/or fadingtowards edges prior to intersecting any identified bases of walls withinthe room. In addition, the example user interface screen may alsoinclude a substantially horizontal line indication 408 that may be usedto select or identify bases of walls to edit or delete one or more wallsor wall planes. The horizontal line indication 408 may be presented witha first size, length, thickness, color, transparency, and/or othervisual characteristic, e.g., relatively small, short, thin, with a firstcolor, and/or with greater transparency, when the indication 408 is notaligned with a line that is recognized within the imaging data, e.g.,using computer vision, edge or line detection, and/or other algorithmsand techniques, and/or when the indication 408 is not aligned with apreviously marked or identified wall or wall plane. Moreover, theexample user interface screen may also include a wall base indication409 to indicate one or more marked or identified walls or wall planeswithin the room. The wall base indication 409 may be presented with asecond size, length, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic, e.g., larger, longer, thicker, with a different color,and/or with less transparency, as compared to the horizontal lineindication 408 when not aligned with a recognized lined within theimaging data. In addition, a wall base indication 409 may be presentedas extending continuously in both directions, fading towards outer endsin both directions, stopping at identified bases of other walls withinthe room, and/or fading towards outer ends prior to intersecting anyidentified bases of other walls within the room. Further, the exampleuser interface screen may also include a wall placement user interfaceelement 412 configured to receive an identification of a base of a wall.User input may be received via the wall placement user interface element412 responsive to the user aligning the horizontal line indication 408with a base of a wall to identify the wall, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 4G illustrates an example user interface screen related to editingor deleting an identified wall or wall plane using the user device. Forexample, the example user interface screen may include a substantiallyhorizontal line indication 408 that may be used to select or identifybases of walls to edit or delete one or more wall planes. The horizontalline indication 408 may be presented with a first size, length,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic,e.g., relatively small, short, thin, with a first color, and/or withgreater transparency, when the indication 408 is not aligned with a linethat is recognized within the imaging data, e.g., using computer vision,edge or line detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques, and maybe presented with a second size, length, thickness, color, transparency,and/or other visual characteristic, e.g., larger, longer, thicker, witha different color, and/or with less transparency, when the indication408 is aligned with a previously marked or identified wall or wallplane, such as wall base indication 409 in FIG. 4F. In addition, imagingdata captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may be presentedvia a display of the user device.

Responsive to aligning the horizontal line indication 408 with apreviously marked or identified wall or wall plane, e.g., based on imageprocessing, edge or line detection, and/or other algorithms andtechniques to detect aligning the indication 408 with a wall baseindication, such as wall base indication 409 in FIG. 4F, the exampleuser interface screen may include a wall removal user interface element426 to indicate deletion of the identified wall or wall plane. Userinput may be received via the wall removal user interface element 426 todelete the identified wall or wall plane, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input. As described herein, the example userinterface screen may also include a visual grid, overlay, or pattern 410indicating the floor plane position. The visual grid 410 may bepresented as extending continuously in all directions, fading towardsouter edges in all directions, stopping at identified bases of wallswithin the room, and/or fading towards edges prior to intersecting anyidentified bases of walls within the room.

FIG. 4H illustrates an example user interface screen related to markingor identifying a top of a wall using the user device, to identify theceiling and/or the ceiling plane. For example, the example userinterface screen may include an indication 428 related to marking oridentifying a top of a wall, e.g., by aligning a horizontal lineindication 408 with a top of a wall within the room. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device. Further, the example userinterface screen may also include a substantially horizontal lineindication 408 that may be used to mark or identify tops of walls todetermine one or more ceiling planes. The horizontal line indication 408may be presented with a first size, length, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic, e.g., relativelysmall, short, thin, with a first color, and/or with greatertransparency, when the indication 408 is not aligned with a line that isrecognized within the imaging data, e.g., using computer vision, edge orline detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques, and as shown inFIG. 4H, when the indication 408 is aligned with a recognized linewithin the imaging data, the horizontal line indication 408 may bepresented with a second size, length, thickness, color, transparency,and/or other visual characteristic, e.g., larger, longer, thicker, witha different color, and/or with less transparency. Further, the exampleuser interface screen may also include a ceiling placement userinterface element 430 configured to receive an identification of a topof a wall. User input may be received via the ceiling placement userinterface element 430 responsive to the user aligning the horizontalline indication 408 with a top of a wall to identify the ceiling, e.g.,via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 4I illustrates an example user interface screen related tocompleting the floor, wall, and ceiling identification processes, and/orediting or deleting an identified wall, wall plane, ceiling, or ceilingplane using the user device. For example, the example user interfacescreen may include an indication 432 related to completion of marking oridentification of all walls, wall planes, ceilings, and ceiling planes.In addition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the userdevice may be presented via a display of the user device. Further, theexample user interface screen may include a confirmation user interfaceelement 436 to indicate completion of marking or identification of allwalls, wall planes, ceilings, and ceiling planes. User input may bereceived via the confirmation user interface element 436 to complete thewall and ceiling marking or identification processes, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input. Further, the example userinterface screen may also include an edit user interface element 434related to editing or deleting of an identified wall, wall plane,ceiling, or ceiling plane. User input may be received via the edit userinterface element 434 to edit or delete one or more walls, wall planes,ceilings, or ceiling planes, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or otheruser input. For example, responsive to selection of the edit userinterface element 434, the example user interface screen may return toone similar to that shown and described with respect to at least one ofFIGS. 4C-4H, by which one or more marked or identified walls or ceilingsmay be marked or identified, and/or selected for editing or deletion. Inaddition, the example user interface screen may enable marking oridentification of one or more additional walls or ceilings as describedherein.

FIG. 4J illustrates an example user interface screen related toreceiving movement data of the user device within the room or space. Forexample, the example user interface screen may include an indication 438related to instructions for a user to move or walk within or around theroom. The indication 438 may also include a top down view of the roomand a marker associated with a position of the user device that moveswithin the top down view of the room, e.g., based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frameand bounded by marked or identified walls or wall planes. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device. Further, the example userinterface screen may also include a confirmation user interface element440 related to completion of movement of the user device within theroom. User input may be received via the confirmation user interfaceelement 440 to indicate completion of movement of the user device, e.g.,via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 4K illustrates an example user interface screen related tocompletion of movement of the user device within the room or space. Forexample, the example user interface screen may include an indication 442related to completion by a user of movement of the user device within oraround the room. In addition, imaging data captured via an imagingsensor of the user device may be presented via a display of the userdevice. Further, the example user interface screen may also include areturn user interface element 444 related to editing or returning to themovement of the user device within the room. User input may be receivedvia the return user interface element 444 to indicate editing orreturning to the movement of the user device, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input. Further, the example user interface screenmay also include a confirmation user interface element 446 related tocompletion of movement of the user device within the room. User inputmay be received via the confirmation user interface element 446 toindicate completion of movement of the user device, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIGS. 5A-5H are example user interface screens illustrating steps ofanother example room measurement process with augmented realityguidance, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

As described herein with respect to FIGS. 5A-5H, upon receiving userconsent, a user device may initiate various sensors associated with theuser device, may initialize position and orientation tracking using oneor more sensors, may designate a local coordinate frame and/or a homeposition, and may initiate tracking of the position and orientation ofthe user device within the local coordinate frame. In addition, the userdevice may receive position and orientation data and may receive imagingdata from an imaging sensor to identify features associated with a lowerboundary and determine the lower boundary position within the localcoordinate frame. Further, the user device may present, via a display, avisual guide overlaying a field of view of the imaging sensor, mayreceive an indication of a vertical boundary associated with the visualguide, and may receive position and orientation data to determine thevertical boundary position within the local coordinate frame. Moreover,the user device may present, via a display, a visual guide overlaying afield of view of the imaging sensor, may receive an indication of anupper boundary associated with the visual guide, and may receiveposition and orientation data to determine the upper boundary positionwithin the local coordinate frame.

FIG. 5A illustrates an example user interface screen related toinitiating the room measurement process. For example, the example userinterface screen may include an indication 502 related to beginning theroom measurement process, and may also include a confirmation userinterface element 504. User input may be received via the confirmationuser interface element 504 to begin the room measurement process, e.g.,via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 5B illustrates an example user interface screen related toinitializing one or more sensors of the user device, designating a localcoordinate frame for operation of the user device, and determining afloor plane of the room using the user device. For example, the exampleuser interface screen may include an indication 506 related toinitializing the user device and determining a floor plane of the room,such as pointing the user device toward the floor such that a field ofview of an imaging sensor of the user device includes at least a portionof the floor and moving the user device while maintaining at least aportion of the floor within the field of view of the imaging sensor. Inaddition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user devicemay be presented via a display of the user device.

During such movement of the user device, the user device may initializeone or more sensors, such as the imaging sensor, a depth sensor, aninertial measurement unit, other position or orientation sensors, orvarious other sensors. In addition, as described herein, the user devicemay designate a local coordinate frame for operation of the user device,and may determine a home or starting position within the localcoordinate frame relative to which movement of the user device may betracked, upon receiving user consent, within the local coordinate frame.Further, as described herein, the imaging sensor of the user device maycapture images and/or identify various features associated with thefloor and determine a floor plane position of the floor based at leastin part on the identified features and position and orientation data ofthe user device with respect to the identified features.

FIG. 5C illustrates an example user interface screen related to markingor identifying a base of a wall using the user device, to identify thewall and/or the wall plane. For example, the example user interfacescreen may include an indication 510 related to aligning a horizontalline indication 508 with a base of a wall within the room. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device.

The example user interface screen may also include the substantiallyhorizontal line indication 508 that may be used to mark or identifybases of walls to determine one or more wall planes. The horizontal lineindication 508 may be presented with a first size, length, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic, e.g.,relatively small, short, thin, with a first color, and/or with greatertransparency, when the indication 508 is not aligned with a line that isrecognized within the imaging data, e.g., using computer vision, edge orline detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques, and as shown inFIG. 5C, when the indication 508 is aligned with a recognized linewithin the imaging data, the horizontal line indication 508 may bepresented with a second size, length, thickness, color, transparency,and/or other visual characteristic, e.g., larger, longer, thicker, witha different color, and/or with less transparency. Further, in someexample embodiments, the horizontal line indication 508 may be generatedand projected within three-dimensional space relative to imaging datathat is presented via a display of the user device, and the horizontalline indication 508 may be projected onto a floor or floor plane of theroom or space to facilitate identification of one or more walls or wallplanes, and/or the horizontal line indication 508 may be projected ontoa wall or wall plane of the room or space to facilitate identificationof one or more ceilings or ceiling planes. In other example embodiments,the horizontal line indication 508 may be generated and presented intwo-dimensional space within the display of the user device, and thehorizontal line indication 508 may be aligned with bases or edges of oneor more walls or wall planes to facilitate identification of one or morewalls or wall planes, and/or the horizontal line indication 508 may bealigned with tops or edges of one or more walls or wall planes tofacilitate identification of one or more ceilings or ceiling planes.

Moreover, the horizontal line indication 508 may be presentedsubstantially horizontal and at a relatively constant position within ortoward a bottom half or bottom third of the display of the user device.However, responsive to substantially aligning the horizontal lineindication 508 with a line that is recognized within the imaging datausing computer vision, edge or line detection, and/or other algorithmsand techniques, the horizontal line indication 508 may move or rotate tomatch or align with the recognized line.

The example user interface screen may also include a visual grid,overlay, or pattern 512 indicating a wall plane position. The visualgrid 512 may be presented as extending continuously in all directions,fading towards outer edges in all directions, stopping at identifiedbases of walls within the room, stopping at identified wall planes ofother walls within the room, and/or fading towards edges prior tointersecting any identified bases of walls or identified wall planes ofother walls within the room. In addition, the visual grid 512 may bepresented with semi-transparent points, lines, and/or colors or othersimilar visual effects, such that the overlay of the visual grid 512 ontop of objects that may be separated or in front of a wall planeposition within the imaging data does not cause confusion with users asto the actual location of the wall plane position indicated by thevisual grid 512. Further, the example user interface screen may alsoinclude a wall placement user interface element 514 configured toreceive an identification of a base of a wall and a wall plane. The wallplacement user interface element 514 may be presented within a portionof the visual grid 512 indicating the wall plane position, in order toindicate to a user that a wall plane is being identified rather thanmerely a base of a wall plane. User input may be received via the wallplacement user interface element 514 responsive to the user aligning thehorizontal line indication 508 with a base of a wall and a wall plane toidentify the wall, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.Moreover, after indication of a wall plane position, a wall baseindication, such as indication 409 in FIG. 4F, may not be shown orpresented via a display of the user device.

FIG. 5D illustrates an example user interface screen related to markingor identifying a base of an additional wall or additional wall planeusing the user device, to identify the additional wall and/or theadditional wall plane. For example, the example user interface screenmay include an indication 516 related to aligning the horizontal lineindication 508 with a base of an additional wall or additional wallplane within the room. In addition, imaging data captured via an imagingsensor of the user device may be presented via a display of the userdevice. The horizontal line indication 508 may be presented with a firstsize, length, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic, e.g., relatively small, short, thin, with a first color,and/or with greater transparency, when the indication 508 is not alignedwith a line that is recognized within the imaging data, e.g., usingcomputer vision, edge or line detection, and/or other algorithms andtechniques, and as shown in FIG. 5D, when the indication 508 is alignedwith a recognized line within the imaging data, the horizontal lineindication 508 may be presented with a second size, length, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic, e.g., larger,longer, thicker, with a different color, and/or with less transparency.Moreover, the horizontal line indication 508 may be presentedsubstantially horizontal toward a bottom third of the display of theuser device. However, responsive to substantially aligning thehorizontal line indication 508 with a line that is recognized within theimaging data using computer vision, edge or line detection, and/or otheralgorithms and techniques, the horizontal line indication 508 may moveor rotate to match or align with the recognized line.

The example user interface screen may also include a visual grid,overlay, or pattern 512 indicating an additional wall plane position.The visual grid 512 may be presented as extending continuously in alldirections, fading towards outer edges in all directions, stopping atidentified bases of walls within the room, stopping at identified wallplanes of other walls within the room, and/or fading towards edges priorto intersecting any identified bases of walls or identified wall planesof other walls within the room. Further, the example user interfacescreen may also include a wall placement user interface element 514configured to receive an identification of a base of an additional walland an additional wall plane. The wall placement user interface element514 may be presented within a portion of the visual grid 512 indicatingthe additional wall plane position, in order to indicate to a user thatan additional wall plane is being identified rather than merely a baseof an additional wall plane. User input may be received via the wallplacement user interface element 514 responsive to the user aligning thehorizontal line indication 508 with a base of an additional wall and anadditional wall plane to identify the additional wall, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 5E illustrates an example user interface screen related to markingor identifying a base of a further wall and further wall plane using theuser device, to identify the further wall and/or the further wall plane.For example, the example user interface screen may include an indication518 related to aligning the horizontal line indication 508 with a baseof a further wall and further wall plane within the room. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device. The horizontal lineindication 508 may be presented with a first size, length, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic, e.g.,relatively small, short, thin, with a first color, and/or with greatertransparency, when the indication 508 is not aligned with a line that isrecognized within the imaging data, e.g., using computer vision, edge orline detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques, and as shown inFIG. 5E, when the indication 508 is aligned with a recognized linewithin the imaging data, the horizontal line indication 508 may bepresented with a second size, length, thickness, color, transparency,and/or other visual characteristic, e.g., larger, longer, thicker, witha different color, and/or with less transparency. Moreover, thehorizontal line indication 508 may be presented substantially horizontaltoward a bottom third of the display of the user device. However,responsive to substantially aligning the horizontal line indication 508with a line that is recognized within the imaging data using computervision, edge or line detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques,the horizontal line indication 508 may move or rotate to match or alignwith the recognized line.

The example user interface screen may also include a visual grid,overlay, or pattern 512 indicating a further wall plane position. Thevisual grid 512 may be presented as extending continuously in alldirections, fading towards outer edges in all directions, stopping atidentified bases of walls within the room, stopping at identified wallplanes of other walls within the room, and/or fading towards edges priorto intersecting any identified bases of walls or identified wall planesof other walls within the room. Further, the example user interfacescreen may also include a wall placement user interface element 514configured to receive an identification of a base of a further wall anda further wall plane. The wall placement user interface element 514 maybe presented within a portion of the visual grid 512 indicating thefurther wall plane position, in order to indicate to a user that afurther wall plane is being identified rather than merely a base of afurther wall plane. User input may be received via the wall placementuser interface element 514 responsive to the user aligning thehorizontal line indication 508 with a base of a further wall and afurther wall plane to identify the further wall, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 5F illustrates an example user interface screen related tocompleting the wall identification process, and/or editing or deletingan identified wall or wall plane using the user device. For example, theexample user interface screen may include an indication 520 related toidentifying a wall or wall plane to edit or delete by aligning thehorizontal line indication 508 with a base of the wall to be edited ordeleted, or by aligning the visual grid 512 with a wall plane to beedited or deleted. In addition, imaging data captured via an imagingsensor of the user device may be presented via a display of the userdevice. Further, the example user interface screen may include aconfirmation user interface element 522 to indicate completion ofmarking or identification of all walls or wall planes. User input may bereceived via the confirmation user interface element 522 to complete thewall marking or identification process, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus,or other user input.

Responsive to aligning the horizontal line indication 508 with apreviously marked or identified base of a wall, or responsive toaligning the visual grid 512 with a previously marked or identified wallplane, e.g., based on image processing, edge or line detection, and/orother algorithms and techniques to detect aligning the indication 508with a wall base indication or to detect aligning the visual grid 512with a wall plane, the example user interface screen may include a wallremoval user interface element 524 to indicate deletion of theidentified wall or wall plane. User input may be received via the wallremoval user interface element 524 to delete the identified wall or wallplane, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 5G illustrates an example user interface screen related to markingor identifying a top of a wall using the user device, to identify theceiling and/or the ceiling plane. For example, the example userinterface screen may include an indication 526 related to marking oridentifying a top of a wall, e.g., by aligning a horizontal lineindication 508 with a top of a wall within the room. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device. Further, the example userinterface screen may also include a substantially horizontal lineindication 508 that may be used to mark or identify tops of walls todetermine one or more ceiling planes. The horizontal line indication 508may be presented with a first size, length, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic, e.g., relativelysmall, short, thin, with a first color, and/or with greatertransparency, when the indication 508 is not aligned with a line that isrecognized within the imaging data, e.g., using computer vision, edge orline detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques, and as shown inFIG. 5G, when the indication 508 is aligned with a recognized linewithin the imaging data, the horizontal line indication 508 may bepresented with a second size, length, thickness, color, transparency,and/or other visual characteristic, e.g., larger, longer, thicker, witha different color, and/or with less transparency.

In addition, the example user interface screen may also include a visualgrid, overlay, or pattern 512 indicating a wall plane position. Thevisual grid 512 may be presented as extending continuously in alldirections, fading towards outer edges in all directions, stopping atidentified bases or tops of walls within the room, stopping atidentified wall planes of other walls within the room, and/or fadingtowards edges prior to intersecting any identified bases or tops ofwalls or identified wall planes of other walls within the room.Moreover, responsive to moving the horizontal line indication 508vertically to identify the ceiling plane, the visual grid 512 may alsomove vertically with the movement of the horizontal line indication 508,e.g., upward movement of the indication 508 may appear to cause thevisual grid 512 to grow vertically upward, and downward movement of theindication 508 may appear to cause the visual grid 512 to shrinkvertically downward. Further, the example user interface screen may alsoinclude a ceiling placement user interface element 528 configured toreceive an identification of a top of a wall and wall plane to determinea ceiling and ceiling plane. The ceiling placement user interfaceelement 528 may also be presented within a portion of the visual grid512 indicating the wall plane position, in order to indicate to a userthat a further wall plane is being further defined. User input may bereceived via the ceiling placement user interface element 528 responsiveto the user aligning the horizontal line indication 508 with a top of awall and wall plane to identify the ceiling and ceiling plane, e.g., viaa touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 5H illustrates an example user interface screen related tocompleting the floor, wall, and ceiling identification processes, and/orediting or deleting an identified wall, wall plane, ceiling, or ceilingplane using the user device. For example, the example user interfacescreen may include an indication 530 related to completion of marking oridentification of all walls, wall planes, ceilings, and ceiling planes.In addition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the userdevice may be presented via a display of the user device. Further, theexample user interface screen may include a confirmation user interfaceelement 534 to indicate completion of marking or identification of allwalls, wall planes, ceilings, and ceiling planes. User input may bereceived via the confirmation user interface element 534 to complete thewall and ceiling marking or identification processes, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input. Further, the example userinterface screen may also include an edit user interface element 532related to editing or deleting of an identified wall, wall plane,ceiling, or ceiling plane. User input may be received via the edit userinterface element 532 to edit or delete one or more walls, wall planes,ceilings, or ceiling planes, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or otheruser input. For example, responsive to selection of the edit userinterface element 532, the example user interface screen may return toone similar to that shown and described with respect to at least one ofFIGS. 5C-5G, by which one or more marked or identified walls or ceilingsmay be identified or marked and/or selected for editing or deletion. Inaddition, the example user interface screen may enable marking oridentification of one or more additional walls or ceilings as describedherein.

Further, the presentation of the various indications, cues, edges,lines, grids, overlay, and/or surfaces, such as edges or lines that fadetoward outer ends, edges or lines that do not intersect with other edgesor lines, edges or lines that are no longer presented after placement,grids, overlays, or surfaces that fade toward outer edges, grids,overlays, or surfaces that do not intersect with other edges, lines,grids, overlays, or surfaces, and/or other visual effects, may beutilized to prevent confusion or frustration with users that may resultfrom tracking drift during movement and operation of the user devicewithin the local coordinate frame. Generally, tracking drift may resultfrom various errors associated with one or more sensors, such as imagingsensors, position and orientation sensors, or other sensors, of the userdevice. For example, a base of a wall that is placed by a user using auser device may appear to have moved or drifted to a different locationafter further movement or operation of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, which may cause confusion and frustration with theroom measurement process. Therefore, various visual effects describedherein associated with the presentation of elements via the display ofthe user device may be implemented to mask or hide such tracking driftto prevent user confusion and frustration, while still determiningdimensions and measurements of the room or space that are useful andaccurate for the user and for various other applications of thedimensions and measurements of the room or space.

FIG. 6A is a flow diagram illustrating an example room measurementprocess 600, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 600 may begin with the local coordinate frame generationprocess, as at 602. As described at least with respect to FIG. 6B, thelocal coordinate frame generation process may comprise initializing oneor more components of a user device, designating a local coordinateframe for operation of the user device, and designating a home positionrelative to which movement of the user device may be tracked, uponreceiving user consent.

The process 600 may then proceed with the floor determination process,as at 614. As described at least with respect to FIG. 6C, the floordetermination process may comprise receiving position and orientationdata of the user device, receiving imaging data from an imaging sensorof the user device having at least a portion of the floor within a fieldof view, identifying various features within the imaging data associatedwith the floor from multiple viewpoints, and determining a floor planebased on the position and orientation data and imaging data.

The process 600 may then continue to the wall determination process, asat 626. As described at least with respect to FIG. 6D, the walldetermination process may comprise receiving an indication of a wallplane, receiving position and orientation data of the user device,receiving a floor plane, and determining a wall plane based on theposition and orientation data and floor plane.

The process 600 may then proceed to the ceiling determination process,as at 642. As described at least with respect to FIG. 6E, the ceilingdetermination process may comprise receiving an indication of a ceilingplane, receiving position and orientation data of the user device,receiving a floor plane, receiving a wall plane, and determining aceiling plane based on the position and orientation data, the floorplane, and the wall plane.

The process 600 may then continue to receive movement data associatedwith the user device, as at 660. For example, a user may be instructedto move the user device within the room or space. During such movement,upon receiving user consent, additional position and orientation dataand/or additional imaging data may be received to further refine thedeterminations of the floor, walls, and ceiling. In addition, positionand orientation data associated with the movement of the user device mayinform later determinations of ring paths and/or panorama paths, asfurther described herein. Further, images captured during movement ofthe user device, upon receiving user consent, may be provided asadditional inputs to a photogrammetry processor to generate athree-dimensional, photogrammetry mesh of the room or space.

FIG. 6B is a flow diagram illustrating an example local coordinate framegeneration process 602, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 602 may begin by initiating one or more sensors associatedwith the user device, as at 604. For example, an inertial measurementunit, accelerometer, gyroscope, magnetometer, or other position andorientation sensors associated with the user device may be initiated orstarted. In addition, an imaging sensor, a depth sensor, or othersensors associated with the user device may also be initiated orstarted. Further, various other components, such as a processor, memory,or other components, of the user device may also be initiated orstarted.

The process 602 may continue by initializing position and orientationtracking by one or more sensors of the user device, as at 606. Forexample, various position and orientation sensors, such as an inertialmeasurement unit, accelerometer, gyroscope, or magnetometer, of the userdevice may be initiated or started to track the position and orientationof the user device, upon receiving user consent.

The process 602 may then proceed to designate a local coordinate frameby the user device, as at 608. For example, the local coordinate framemay be a local xyz coordinate frame, or any other type of coordinateframe. In addition, a home or starting position may be designated by theuser device, such as a home position having coordinates (0,0,0) within alocal xyz coordinate frame.

The process 602 may then continue to track position and orientation dataof the user device within the local coordinate frame, as at 610. Forexample, movement of the user device may be tracked, upon receiving userconsent, within the local coordinate frame and with respect to the homeposition such that any position or orientation of the user device may bedefined within the local coordinate frame relative to any other positionor orientation of the user device. The process 602 may then end, as at612.

FIG. 6C is a flow diagram illustrating an example floor determinationprocess 614, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 614 may begin by receiving position and orientation datafrom one or more sensors of a user device, as at 616. For example, aninertial measurement unit, accelerometer, gyroscope, magnetometer, orother position and orientation sensors of a user device may determineposition and orientation information of the user device within a localcoordinate frame.

The process 614 may proceed by receiving imaging data from an imagingsensor of the user device at multiple positions and orientations, as at618. For example, during movement of the user device, as at 616, andduring image capture, as at 618, at least a portion of a floor of a roomor space may be within a field of view of the imaging sensor. Variousimages including at least a portion of the floor may be captured frommultiple positions and orientations by the user device.

The process 614 may then continue by identifying features within theimaging data associated with multiple positions and orientations, as at620. For example, various features associated with the floor may becaptured and identified, e.g., using image processing, featuredetection, and/or other algorithms and techniques, in multiple imagestaken from multiple position and orientations.

The process 614 proceed to determine a floor plane position relative tothe user device within the local coordinate frame based on position andorientation data and imaging data, as at 622. For example, based on theposition and orientation data of the user device that is associated withparticular images in which the various features associated with thefloor have been identified, a floor plane position may be calculatedand/or triangulated based on the identification of the same features inmultiple images taken from multiple positions and orientations. Theprocess may then end, as at 624.

FIG. 6D is a flow diagram illustrating an example wall determinationprocess 626, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 626 may begin by receiving an indication of a wall positionfrom a user device at time X, as at 628. For example, as describedherein, user input associated with a wall placement user interfaceelement presented via a display of a user device may be received thatindicates a base of a wall or wall plane. The user input may be receivedvia a button, touchscreen, stylus, audio input, or other inputs.

The process 626 may proceed by receiving position and orientation datafrom one or more sensors of the user device at the time X, as at 630.For example, responsive to receiving the user input via the wallplacement user interface element, position and orientation dataassociated with the user device at the time of receipt of the user inputmay be received from one or more position and orientation sensors of theuser device. The position and orientation data may include positionwithin the local coordinate frame, e.g., xyz position within a local xyzcoordinate frame, as well as an angle or orientation of the user device,e.g., with respect to horizontal, vertical, or some other knownorientation.

The process 626 may continue by receiving a floor plane positionrelative to the user device at time X, as at 632. For example,responsive to receiving the user input via the wall placement userinterface element, position and orientation data associated with theuser device at the time of receipt of the user input may be receivedfrom one or more position and orientation sensors of the user device,and position and orientation of the user device relative to a previouslydetermined floor plane position may be determined.

The process 626 may then proceed to determine a wall plane positionrelative to the user device within the local coordinate frame based onthe position and orientation data and floor plane position, as at 634.For example, based on the position and orientation data of the userdevice at the time of receipt of the user input, and based on the floorplane position, a wall plane position may be calculated and/ordetermined, e.g., using trigonometric calculations, such that a positionof the wall plane may be determined within the local coordinate frame.

The process 626 may then proceed to determine whether any wall planepositions should be redone, edited, or deleted, as at 636. If one ormore wall plane positions are to be redone, edited, or deleted, theprocess 626 may return to step 628 to receive an indication of adifferent wall plane position. If, however, no wall plane positions areto be redone, edited, or deleted, the process 626 may continue todetermine whether all wall plane positions have been determined, as at638. If all wall plane positions have not been determined, the process626 may return to step 628 to receive an indication of an additionalwall plane position. If, however, all wall plane positions have beendetermined, then the process may then end, as at 640.

FIG. 6E is a flow diagram illustrating an example ceiling determinationprocess 642, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 642 may begin by receiving an indication of a ceilingposition from a user device at time X, as at 644. For example, asdescribed herein, user input associated with a ceiling placement userinterface element presented via a display of a user device may bereceived that indicates a top of a wall or wall plane. The user inputmay be received via a button, touchscreen, stylus, audio input, or otherinputs.

The process 642 may proceed by receiving position and orientation datafrom one or more sensors of the user device at the time X, as at 646.For example, responsive to receiving the user input via the ceilingplacement user interface element, position and orientation dataassociated with the user device at the time of receipt of the user inputmay be received from one or more position and orientation sensors of theuser device. The position and orientation data may include positionwithin the local coordinate frame, e.g., xyz position within a local xyzcoordinate frame, as well as an angle or orientation of the user device,e.g., with respect to horizontal, vertical, or some other knownorientation.

The process 642 then proceeds to receive a wall plane position of thewall intersecting the ceiling position relative to the user device attime X, as at 648. For example, responsive to receiving the user inputvia the ceiling placement user interface element, position andorientation data associated with the user device at the time of receiptof the user input may be received from one or more position andorientation sensors of the user device, and position and orientation ofthe user device relative to a previously determined wall plane positionthat intersects the ceiling position may be determined. The previouslydetermined wall plane position may be determined as a wall plane that iswithin a field of view of the imaging sensor of the user device, and/ora wall plane that is directly in front of the user device from aviewpoint of a user based on the position and orientation of the userdevice.

The process 642 may continue by receiving a floor plane positionrelative to the user device at time X, as at 650. For example,responsive to receiving the user input via the ceiling placement userinterface element, position and orientation data associated with theuser device at the time of receipt of the user input may be receivedfrom one or more position and orientation sensors of the user device,and position and orientation of the user device relative to a previouslydetermined floor plane position may be determined.

The process 642 may then proceed to determine a ceiling plane positionrelative to the user device within the local coordinate frame based onthe position and orientation data, wall plane position, and floor planeposition, as at 652. For example, based on the position and orientationdata of the user device at the time of receipt of the user input, basedon the wall plane position, and based on the floor plane position, aceiling plane position may be calculated and/or determined, e.g., usingtrigonometric calculations, such that a position of the ceiling planemay be determined within the local coordinate frame.

The process 642 may then proceed to determine whether any ceiling planepositions should be redone, edited, or deleted, as at 654. If one ormore wall plane positions are to be redone, edited, or deleted, theprocess 642 may return to step 644 to receive an indication of adifferent ceiling plane position. If, however, no ceiling planepositions are to be redone, edited, or deleted, the process 642 maycontinue to determine whether all ceiling plane positions have beendetermined, as at 656. In some embodiments, a ceiling plane may beassumed to be substantially horizontal and parallel with the floorplane, such that only one ceiling plane position may need to bedetermined. In other embodiments, multiple ceiling planes may bereceived in order to determine dimensions and measurements of a room orspace having different types of ceilings, such as gabled, angled,vaulted, or otherwise non-horizontal ceiling planes. If all ceilingplane positions have not been determined, the process 642 may return tostep 644 to receive an indication of an additional ceiling planeposition. If, however, all ceiling plane positions have been determined,then the process may then end, as at 658.

FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating an example room measurementprocess with augmented reality guidance 700, in accordance withdisclosed implementations.

The process 700 may begin by presenting an indication to start a roommeasurement process, as at 702. For example, the indication may comprisetext and visual cues or indications related to the room measurementprocess, as well as a confirmation user interface element that may beselected by a user to proceed.

The process 700 may proceed by receiving user input to start the roommeasurement process, as at 704. For example, user input may be receivedvia the confirmation user interface element, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input.

The process 700 may continue by presenting an indication to move theuser device within the room or space, as at 706. For example, theindication may comprise text and visual cues or indications related tomoving the user device within the room while keeping at least a portionof the floor within a field of view of the imaging sensor of the userdevice. Further, imaging data received via the imaging sensor of theuser device may also be presented via the display of the user device.

The process 700 may then proceed to receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 708. For example, during movementof the user device within the room, as described herein, a localcoordinate frame for operation of the user device may be designated, anda home position within the local coordinate frame may be designated. Inaddition, during movement of the user device within the room, asdescribed herein, imaging data from the imaging sensor and position andorientation data of the user device may be received, and a floor planeposition within the local coordinate frame may be determined based onvarious features identified within the imaging data and based on theposition and orientation data of the user device during capture of theimaging data.

The process 700 may then continue to determine whether sufficientmovement data has been received, as at 710. For example, if sufficientmovement data and corresponding imaging data have not been received inorder to determine a floor plane position within the local coordinateframe, then the process 700 may return to step 708 and continue toreceive movement data from one or more sensors of the user device.

If, however, sufficient movement data and corresponding imaging datahave been received such that a floor plane position has been determined,then the process 700 may proceed to present an indication to identify awall position, as at 712. For example, the indication may comprise textand visual cues or indications related to identifying a base of a wallor a wall plane within the room, as well as a line guide with which toalign the base of the wall, a floor plane visual grid to indicate thefloor, and/or a wall plane visual grid to indicate the wall. Inaddition, the indication may comprise a wall placement user interfaceelement that may be selected by a user to identify the base of the walland the wall plane upon aligning the line guide with the base of thewall and/or upon aligning the wall plane visual grid with the wall.

The process 700 may then continue by receiving user input to identifythe wall position, as at 714. For example, user input may be receivedvia the wall placement user interface element, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input, upon aligning the line guide with the baseof the wall and/or upon aligning the wall plane visual grid with thewall.

The process 700 may then proceed to determine whether to redo theidentified wall position, as at 716. For example, an indication may bepresented related to editing or deleting the identified wall planeposition. The indication may comprise text and visual cues orindications related to editing or deleting an identified wall planeposition within the room, as well as a line guide with which to alignthe base of the identified wall to be edited or deleted, a floor planevisual grid to indicate the floor, and/or a wall plane visual grid withwhich to align the wall to be edited or deleted. In addition, theindication may comprise a confirmation user interface element that maybe selected by a user to indicate that no walls are to edited ordeleted, and a wall removal user interface element that may be selectedby a user to edit or delete an identified wall upon aligning the lineguide with the base of the identified wall and/or upon aligning the wallplane visual grid with the identified wall. If it is determined to redothe identified wall position, then the process 700 may return to step714 to receive user input to receive a different wall position.

If, however, it is determined that the identified wall position does notneed to be redone, then the process 700 may continue by presenting anindication to identify an additional wall position, as at 718. Forexample, the indication may comprise text and visual cues or indicationsrelated to identifying a base of an additional wall or an additionalwall plane within the room, as well as a line guide with which to alignthe base of an additional wall, a floor plane visual grid to indicatethe floor, and/or a wall plane visual grid to indicate an additionalwall. In addition, the indication may comprise a wall placement userinterface element that may be selected by a user to identify the base ofan additional wall and an additional wall plane upon aligning the lineguide with the base of an additional wall and/or upon aligning the wallplane visual grid with an additional wall.

The process 700 may then continue by receiving user input to identifythe additional wall position, as at 720. For example, user input may bereceived via the wall placement user interface element, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input, upon aligning the line guidewith the base of an additional wall and/or upon aligning the wall planevisual grid with the additional wall.

The process 700 may then proceed to determine whether to redo theidentified additional wall position, as at 722. For example, anindication may be presented related to editing or deleting theidentified additional wall plane position. The indication may comprisetext and visual cues or indications related to editing or deleting anidentified additional wall plane position within the room, as well as aline guide with which to align the base of the identified additionalwall to be edited or deleted, a floor plane visual grid to indicate thefloor, and/or a wall plane visual grid with which to align theadditional wall to be edited or deleted. In addition, the indication maycomprise a confirmation user interface element that may be selected by auser to indicate that no additional walls are to edited or deleted, anda wall removal user interface element that may be selected by a user toedit or delete an identified additional wall upon aligning the lineguide with the base of the identified additional wall and/or uponaligning the wall plane visual grid with the identified additional wall.If it is determined to redo the identified additional wall position,then the process 700 may return to step 720 to receive user input toreceive a different additional wall position.

If, however, it is determined that the identified additional wallposition does not need to be redone, then the process 700 may continueby receiving user input that identification of wall positions iscomplete, as at 724. For example, an indication may be presented relatedto indicating completion of wall placement and/or identifying one ormore additional wall positions. The indication may comprise text andvisual cues or indications related to identifying one or more additionalwall plane positions within the room, as well as a line guide with whichto align the base of an additional wall to be identified, a floor planevisual grid to indicate the floor, and/or a wall plane visual grid withwhich to align the additional wall to be identified. In addition, theindication may comprise a confirmation user interface element that maybe selected by a user to indicate that no additional walls are toidentified, and a wall placement user interface element that may beselected by a user to identify an additional wall upon aligning the lineguide with the base of the additional wall and/or upon aligning the wallplane visual grid with the additional wall. If it is determined toidentify one or more additional wall positions, then the process 700 mayreturn to step 718 to present an indication to identify an additionalwall position.

If, however, it is determined that identification of wall positions iscomplete, then the process 700 may proceed to presenting an indicationto identify a ceiling position, as at 726. For example, the indicationmay comprise text and visual cues or indications related to identifyinga top of a wall or wall plane within the room, as well as a line guidewith which to align the top of the wall, and/or a wall plane visual gridto indicate the wall. In addition, the indication may comprise a ceilingplacement user interface element that may be selected by a user toidentify the top of a wall and wall plane upon aligning the line guidewith the top of the wall.

The process 700 may then continue by receiving user input to identifythe ceiling position, as at 728. For example, user input may be receivedvia the ceiling placement user interface element, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input, upon aligning the line guidewith the top of the wall.

The process 700 may then proceed to determine whether to redo theidentified ceiling position, as at 730. For example, an indication maybe presented related to editing or deleting the identified ceiling planeposition. The indication may comprise text and visual cues orindications related to editing or deleting an identified ceiling planeposition within the room, as well as a line guide with which to alignthe top of the wall that intersects with the ceiling position to beedited or deleted. In addition, the indication may comprise aconfirmation user interface element that may be selected by a user toindicate that the ceiling position is not to be edited or deleted, and aceiling removal user interface element that may be selected by a user toedit or delete an identified ceiling position upon aligning the lineguide with the top of the wall that intersects the ceiling position. Ifit is determined to redo the identified ceiling position, then theprocess 700 may return to step 728 to receive user input to receive adifferent ceiling position.

If, however, it is determined that the ceiling position is not to beedited or deleted, then the process 700 may continue to receive userinput that identification of the ceiling position is complete, as at732. For example, user input may be received via the confirmation userinterface element, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.If user input related to confirmation that the identification of theceiling position is not complete, then the process 700 may return tostep 726 to present an indication to identify an additional ceilingposition.

If, however, user input is received confirming that identification ofthe ceiling position is complete, then the process 700 may continue topresent an indication that the room measurement process is complete, asat 734. For example, the indication may comprise text and visual cues orindications related to completion of the room measurement process. Inaddition, the indication may comprise a confirmation user interfaceelement that may be selected by a user to indicate confirmation that theroom measurement process is complete, and an edit user interface elementthat may be selected by a user to indicate that one or more aspects ofthe room measurement process is to be redone, edited, or deleted.

The process 700 may then proceed to determine whether one or moreidentified wall or ceiling positions is to be redone, as at 736. Forexample, user input may be received via the edit user interface element,e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input, indicating thatone or more wall or ceiling positions is to be redone, edited, ordeleted. If it is determined that one or more identified wall or ceilingpositions is to be redone, then the process 700 may return to step 718and/or step 726 to present indications to identify additional walland/or ceiling positions.

If, however, it is determined that no identified wall or ceilingpositions is to be redone, then the process 700 may continue to receiveuser input to proceed, as at 738. For example, user input may bereceived via the confirmation user interface element, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input, to indicate completion of theroom measurement process.

The process 700 may then proceed to present an indication to move theuser device within the room, as at 740. For example, the indication maycomprise text and visual cues or indications related to moving the userdevice within the bounds of the room defined during the room measurementprocess, and may also include a top down view of the room and a markerassociated with a position of the user device that moves within the topdown view of the room, e.g., based on position and orientation data ofthe user device within the local coordinate frame and bounded by markedor identified walls or wall planes. In addition, the indication maycomprise a confirmation user interface element that may be selected by auser to indicate completion of movement of the user device within theroom.

The process 700 may then continue by receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 742. For example, during movementof the user device within the room, as described herein, position andorientation data of the user device may be received, and/or imaging datamay be captured by an imaging sensor of the user device. The positionand orientation data may inform later determinations of ring pathsand/or panorama paths, as further described herein, and the imaging datamay be provided as additional inputs to a photogrammetry processor togenerate a three-dimensional, photogrammetry mesh of the room or space.

The process 700 may then continue to determine whether sufficientmovement data has been received, as at 744. For example, if sufficientmovement data and corresponding imaging data have not been received inorder to inform later determinations of ring paths and/or panoramapaths, and/or to provide additional inputs to a photogrammetryprocessor, then the process 700 may return to step 742 and continue toreceive movement data from one or more sensors of the user device.

If, however, sufficient movement data and corresponding imaging datahave been received, then the process 700 may proceed to present anindication that movement of the user device within the room is complete,as at 746. For example, the indication may comprise text and visual cuesor indications related to completion of movement of the user devicewithin the bounds of the identified walls. In addition, the indicationmay comprise a confirmation user interface element that may be selectedby a user to indicate confirmation that movement of the user device iscomplete, and a return user interface element that may be selected by auser to indicate that movement of the user device not complete.

The process 700 may then continue by determining whether user input toredo movement of the user device has been received, as at 748. Forexample, user input may be received via the return user interfaceelement, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input,indicating that movement of the user device is not complete. If it isdetermined that movement of the user device is not complete, then theprocess 700 may return to step 740 to present an indication to move theuser device within the room.

If, however, it is determined that movement of the user device iscomplete, then the process 700 may proceed to receive user confirmationof completion, as at 750. For example, user input may be received viathe confirmation user interface element, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input, indicating that movement of the user deviceis complete. The process 700 may then end, as at 752.

FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram 800 of an example of ring path generation,in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 8 illustrates a schematic top-down view of an example room or spacehaving a floor 802, walls 804-1, 804-2, 804-3, 804-4, and a ceiling (notshown), within which a ring path 820 may be generated for presentationvia a display of a user device 810. The user device 810 may be a mobilecomputing device, such as a smartphone, and may comprise a processor, amemory having executable instructions and one or more applications, oneor more inputs such as buttons, a touchscreen, and/or microphones, oneor more outputs such as a display and/or speakers, one or more sensorssuch as an inertial measurement unit, an imaging sensor, and/or othersensors, and/or any or all features described herein with respect touser devices.

The ring path 820 may comprise a scaled-down, shrunken, or reducedversion of the walls 804 of the room based at least in part ondimensions or measurements of the room and/or user movement data. Thering path 820 may be generated for presentation at particular locationsor positions within the local coordinate frame of the room, and the ringpath 820 may be presented via a display of the user device based onposition and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame of the room, as well as a field of view of an imagingsensor associated with the user device.

For example, portions of the ring path 820 may be separated fromrespective walls 804 of the room by an offset distance 822. In someexample embodiments, the offset distance 822 may comprise an approximatedistance, e.g., 1 meter, 2 meters, or other distances, or an approximatepercentage, e.g., 20%, 30%, 50%, or other percentage, of the distancefrom the wall to a center of the room, or of the distance from one wallto an opposite wall. In other example embodiments, the offset distance822 may comprise various other fixed, variable, minimum, and/or maximumnumbers, values, distances, percentages, or other offsets from the wallsof the room. In addition, the ring path 820 may be substantiallycentered within the room. Further, corners of the ring path 820 may berounded in order to facilitate smooth image capture around all parts ofthe ring path 820, as further described herein.

Generally, the ring path 820 may have a convex shape or hull, such thatno portions of the ring path are concave and such that no portions ofthe ring path intersect or overlap any other portions of the ring path.In addition, the ring path 820 may be generated at least partially basedon user movement data within the room, e.g., to match or correspond toat least a portion of a path or loop traveled by a user with the userdevice within the room.

Further, based at least in part on dimensions of the room, multiple ringpaths may be generated in order to capture sufficient images of allportions of the room, including the floor, walls, and ceiling. Forexample, for rooms with relatively larger dimensions, a single ring paththat may be substantially centered within the room may capturesufficient images of all portions of the room. Likewise, for rooms withrelatively smaller dimensions, multiple ring paths may be needed inorder to capture sufficient images of all portions of the room, e.g., acenter of the floor, a center of the ceiling, as well as all walls andcorners of the room, such as a lower ring path closer to the floor andsubstantially centered within the room and a higher ring path closer tothe ceiling and substantially centered with the room. Moreover, forrooms with shapes other than square or rectangular, such as L-shapedrooms or other oddly shaped rooms, multiple ring paths may be generatedfor multiple sections of the room, e.g., multiple rectangularly shapedsections of an L-shaped room, in order to capture sufficient images ofall portions of the room without generating concave portions of the ringpath. In addition to dimensions of a room, the number of ring pathsneeded to capture sufficient images of all portions of a room mayfurther depend on characteristics associated with an imaging sensor ofthe user device, e.g., field of view, image resolution, image capturerate, imaging sensor movement rate, or other factors.

As illustrated schematically in FIG. 8, a user device 810 may traverse,e.g., be moved by a user, around the ring path 820 in order to captureimages of the room during such traversal. To facilitate traversal of theuser device 810 around the ring path, a target 824 may also be generatedfor presentation via a display of a user device. The target 824 may havevarious shapes, such as a two-dimensional shape, three-dimensionalshape, a rod, a cone, a hollow cylinder, a sphere, a cube, or variousother geometric, regular, irregular, and/or asymmetrical shapes. Thetarget 824 may be generated for presentation at a location or positionalong the ring path 820 within the local coordinate frame of the roomthat is closest to a current position of the user device based onposition and orientation data of the user device, and the target 824 maybe presented via a display of the user device based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame ofthe room, as well as a field of view of an imaging sensor associatedwith the user device. In addition, responsive to movement of the userdevice relative to the ring path 820, the target 824 may modify itslocation or position along the ring path 820 within the local coordinateframe of the room such that the target 824 may continue to be presentedclosest to a current position of the user device based on position andorientation data of the user device.

To further facilitate traversal of the user device 810 around the ringpath, a reticle (not shown) may also be generated for presentation via adisplay of a user device. For example, the reticle may function as asight, scope, or other positioning aid, within which a user may beinstructed to maintain the target 824 during traversal around the ringpath 820. The reticle may have various shapes, such as a rectangle,square, circle, cross-hairs, oval, pill, or various other geometric,regular, irregular, and/or asymmetrical shapes. The reticle may begenerated for presentation substantially centered within the display ofthe user device.

In addition, placement and movement of the target 824 within, outside,or otherwise relative to the reticle presented via the display of theuser device may be determined using various processing techniques, suchas image processing, edge detection, and/or other algorithms ortechniques. Further, placement and movement of the target 824 within,outside, or otherwise relative to the reticle presented via the displayof the user device may also be determined using position trackingtechniques, including position and orientation data associated with theimaging sensor, e.g., a field of view of the imaging sensor, of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame, and position data associatedwith a target 824 on a ring path 820 that are generated for presentationat particular locations within the local coordinate frame. In exampleembodiments, movement of the target 824 outside the reticle may includemovement of the target 824 completely outside the reticle, movement ofthe target 824 at least partially outside the reticle, movement of thetarget 824 such that it is larger than at least one dimension of thereticle (or a distance between the target 824 and reticle is below aminimum threshold, e.g., the target is too close to the reticle), and/ormovement of the target 824 such that at least one dimension of thetarget 824 is smaller than a threshold size (or a distance between thetarget 824 and reticle is above a maximum threshold, e.g., the target istoo far away from the reticle).

In order to maintain the target 824 within a reticle presented via adisplay of a user device while traversing around the ring path 820within a room, a user and user device, as well as a field of view of animaging sensor of the user device, may move in a strafing motion, orsideways motion, around the ring path 820. In addition, because thetarget 824 continues to update its location along the ring path 820 tomaintain a location that is closest to a current position of the userdevice, the target 824 may appear to follow, or move together with, theuser device during traversal around the ring path. Further, because thetarget 824 maintains a location that is closest to a current position ofthe user device, a field of view of the imaging sensor of the userdevice may generally extend across the room at portions of opposingwalls and portions of the floor and/or the ceiling as long as the target824 is maintained within the reticle presented via the display of theuser device.

FIG. 8 illustrates two example positions of a user device 810 andcorresponding target 824 during traversal around the ring path 820. Forexample, at a first position, a user device 810-1 may be traversingalong a lower, straight portion of the ring path 820 while maintaining atarget 824-1 within a reticle presented via a display of the userdevice. At this first position, a field of view 812-1 of an imagingsensor of the user device may extend substantially across the room andinclude portions of the wall 804-4, as well as portions of the floor 802and/or the ceiling. In addition, at a second position, a user device810-2 may be traversing along a curved portion of the ring path 820while maintaining a target 824-2 within a reticle presented via adisplay of the user device. At this second position, a field of view812-2 of an imaging sensor of the user device may also extendsubstantially across the room and include other portions of the wall804-4, as well as other portions of the floor 802 and/or the ceiling. Atvarious other positions around the ring path 802, a field of view of animaging sensor of the user device may likewise extend substantiallyacross the room and include various portions of the walls 804, as wellas various portions of the floor 802 and/or the ceiling.

During traversal of the user device around the ring path 802 in themanner described, imaging data may be captured using an imaging sensorof the user device. In addition, position and orientation data from oneor more position and orientation sensors of the user device may also bereceived and/or stored, and the position and orientation data may beassociated with imaging data captured at such positions or orientations.

In example embodiments, the imaging data may be captured for laterprocessing by a photogrammetry processor to generate a photogrammetricmesh of the room. In some embodiments, photogrammetry may require thateach image of the imaging data includes at least approximately 30%overlap with at least one other image of the imaging data. In otherembodiments, photogrammetry may require that each image of the imagingdata include different percentages or amounts of overlap with at leastone other image of the imaging data, e.g., at least approximately 20%,40%, 50%, 60%, 80%, or other percentages or amounts of overlap. Forexample, a desired amount of overlap between images may be obtained byprocessing to determine an actual amount of overlap between images,adjusting a frame rate of an imaging sensor, providing guidance or cuesrelated to a rate of movement of an imaging sensor, and/or providingguidance or cues related to capture of additional or supplementalimaging data. Further, the required amount of image overlap forphotogrammetry meshes of rooms may depend on various factors, such asroom dimensions, fields of view, image resolutions, image capture rates,imaging sensor movement rates, or other factors.

For example, the image capture rate of the imaging sensor of the userdevice may be determined or tuned to provide the required amount ofimage overlap between images for photogrammetry. In some exampleembodiments, the image capture rate may be a first defined capture ratealong relatively straight portions of the ring path 820, and the imagecapture rate may be a second defined capture rate that is higher thanthe first defined capture rate along curved portions of the ring path820. This may ensure that sufficient details within and numbers ofimages are captured during curved portions of the ring path 820 whencorners of rooms may generally be within the field of view of theimaging sensor and when portions of rooms, e.g., corners, may betraversed across relatively more quickly than other portions of rooms,e.g., straight or flat walls.

Further, various pre-processing techniques may be implemented in orderto determine the quality and/or sufficiency of imaging data forphotogrammetry, such as image processing, feature detection, and/orother algorithms or techniques. Accordingly, during or shortly aftercapture of imaging data during traversal of a ring path using a userdevice, the imaging data may be pre-processed to determine whetheradditional imaging data should be captured to meet the generalrequirements of various photogrammetry processors.

Moreover, during any of the various operations or processes describedherein with respect to capturing images of a room or space using ringpaths, dimensions or measurements of the room or space may also bedetected or determined, along with position and orientation data of theuser device at the time of such determinations, and the determineddimensions or measurements and position and orientation data may be usedas additional inputs to further refine the determined dimensions ormeasurements to generate a geometric shell of the room or space, asfurther described herein.

FIGS. 9A-9L are example user interface screens illustrating steps of anexample image capture process using ring paths with augmented realityguidance, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

As described herein with respect to FIGS. 9A-9L, upon receiving userconsent, a user device may generate and/or present, via a display,various visual guides to facilitate an image capture process based ondimensions or measurements of a room or space, movement data within theroom or space, and/or position and orientation data of the user device.In addition, the various visual guides may be presented, via a display,as overlaying a field of view of an imaging sensor and may be presented,via a display, at determined locations within the field of view based onposition and orientation data of the user device.

FIG. 9A illustrates an example user interface screen related toinitiating the image capture process using ring paths, upon receivinguser consent. For example, the example user interface screen may includean indication 902 related to initiating the image capture process usingring paths, and may also include a confirmation user interface element904. User input may be received via the confirmation user interfaceelement 904 to initiate the image capture process using ring paths,e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 9B illustrates an example user interface screen related tobeginning the image capture process using ring paths, upon receivinguser consent. For example, the example user interface screen may includean indication 906 related to moving the user device toward an edge,side, corner, or wall of the room and then facing towards a center ofthe room. In addition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor ofthe user device may be presented via a display of the user device.During such movement of the user device, position and orientation dataof the user device within the local coordinate frame may be tracked,upon receiving user consent, in order to determine whether the userdevice has moved toward an edge, side, corner, or wall of the room, aswell as to determine a field of view of the imaging sensor of the userdevice.

FIG. 9C illustrates an example user interface screen related to facingtoward a ring path within the room that is presented via the display ofthe device, and aligning a target along the ring path within a reticlethat are also presented via the display of the user device. For example,the example user interface screen may include an indication 908 relatedto facing toward the ring path presented via the display of the userdevice, and aligning the target within the reticle presented via thedisplay of the user device. In addition, imaging data captured via animaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a display of theuser device.

A ring path 910 may be generated for presentation at a particularlocation, including a particular height, within the local coordinateframe, e.g., substantially centered within the room. In addition, thering path 910 may be presented with a first size, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic prior to traversalaround any portions of the ring path 910, as shown in FIG. 9C. In otherexample embodiments, the path 910 may have a shape other than a ringpath. Further, a target 912 may also be generated for presentation at aparticular location along the ring path 910, e.g., at a location closestto a current location of the user device based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame.Moreover, a reticle 914 may also be generated for presentation at aparticular position within the display of the user device, e.g.,substantially centered within the display of the user device. Inaddition, the target 912 and/or the reticle 914 may be presented with afirst size, shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic when the target 912 is not aligned within the reticle914, as shown in FIG. 9C.

FIG. 9D illustrates another example user interface screen related tofacing toward a ring path within the room that is presented via thedisplay of the device, and aligning a target along the ring path withina reticle that are also presented via the display of the user device.For example, the example user interface screen may include an indication908 related to facing toward the ring path presented via the display ofthe user device, and aligning the target within the reticle presentedvia the display of the user device. In addition, imaging data capturedvia an imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a displayof the user device.

A ring path 910 may be generated for presentation at a particularlocation, including a particular height, within the local coordinateframe, e.g., substantially centered within the room. In addition, thering path 910 may be presented with a first size, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic prior to traversalaround any portions of the ring path 910, as shown in FIG. 9D. Further,a target 912 may also be generated for presentation at a particularlocation along the ring path 910, e.g., at a location closest to acurrent location of the user device based on position and orientationdata of the user device within the local coordinate frame. Moreover, areticle 914 may also be generated for presentation at a particularposition within the display of the user device, e.g., substantiallycentered within the display of the user device. In addition, the target912 and/or the reticle 914 may be presented with a second size, shape,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic whenthe target 912 is aligned within the reticle 914, as shown in FIG. 9D.

FIG. 9E illustrates an example user interface screen related totraversing or moving around the ring path within the room that ispresented via the display of the device, while maintaining alignment ofthe target along the ring path within the reticle that are alsopresented via the display of the user device. For example, the exampleuser interface screen may include an indication 916 related totraversing around the ring path presented via the display of the userdevice, while maintaining alignment of the target within the reticlepresented via the display of the user device. In addition, imaging datacaptured via an imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via adisplay of the user device. Further, position and orientation data ofthe user device may be received, tracked, and/or stored, upon receivinguser consent, via position and orientation sensors of the user deviceduring traversal or movement of the user device.

During traversal around the ring path 910, portions of the ring path 910that have been traversed may be presented with a second size, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic after traversalaround any portions of the ring path 910, as shown at the right side ofFIG. 9E. In addition, the portions of the ring path 910 may be presentedwith the second size, thickness, color, transparency, and/or othervisual characteristic after successful capture of imaging data, uponreceiving user consent, via the imaging sensor of the user device duringtraversal around such portions of the ring path 910, which imaging datamay be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/or used to generate athree-dimensional model of the room, as described herein. Further,during traversal around the ring path 910, a position of the target 912may be continually generated and updated for presentation at aparticular location along the ring path 910, e.g., at a location closestto a current location of the user device based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame.Moreover, the target 912 and the reticle 914 may also continue to bepresented with the second size, shape, thickness, color, transparency,and/or other visual characteristic as long as the target 912 ismaintained in alignment within the reticle 914, as shown in FIG. 9E.

FIG. 9F illustrates an example user interface screen related tocontinuing traversal or movement around the ring path within the roomthat is presented via the display of the device, while maintainingalignment of the target along the ring path within the reticle that arealso presented via the display of the user device. For example, theexample user interface screen may include an indication 918 related tocontinuing traversal around the ring path presented via the display ofthe user device, while maintaining alignment of the target within thereticle presented via the display of the user device. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device. Further, position andorientation data of the user device may be received, tracked, and/orstored, upon receiving user consent, via position and orientationsensors of the user device during continuing traversal or movement ofthe user device.

During continuing traversal around the ring path 910, portions of thering path 910 that have been traversed may be presented with a secondsize, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristicafter traversal around any portions of the ring path 910, as shown atthe right side of FIG. 9F. In addition, the portions of the ring path910 may be presented with the second size, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic after successfulcapture of imaging data, upon receiving user consent, via the imagingsensor of the user device during traversal around such portions of thering path 910, which imaging data may be processed by a photogrammetryprocessor and/or used to generate a three-dimensional model of the room,as described herein. Further, during continuing traversal around thering path 910, a position of the target 912 may be continually generatedand updated for presentation at a particular location along the ringpath 910, e.g., at a location closest to a current location of the userdevice based on position and orientation data of the user device withinthe local coordinate frame. Moreover, the target 912 and the reticle 914may also continue to be presented with the second size, shape,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic aslong as the target 912 is maintained in alignment within the reticle914, as shown in FIG. 9F.

FIG. 9G illustrates an example user interface screen related to furthercontinuing traversal or movement around the ring path within the roomthat is presented via the display of the device, while maintainingalignment of the target along the ring path within the reticle that arealso presented via the display of the user device. For example, theexample user interface screen may include an indication 920 related tofurther continuing traversal around the ring path presented via thedisplay of the user device, while maintaining alignment of the targetwithin the reticle presented via the display of the user device. Inaddition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user devicemay be presented via a display of the user device. Further, position andorientation data of the user device may be received, tracked, and/orstored, upon receiving user consent, via position and orientationsensors of the user device during continuing traversal or movement ofthe user device.

During further continuing traversal around the ring path 910, portionsof the ring path 910 that have been traversed may be presented with asecond size, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic after traversal around any portions of the ring path 910,as shown at the right side of FIG. 9G. In addition, the portions of thering path 910 may be presented with the second size, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic after successfulcapture of imaging data, upon receiving user consent, via the imagingsensor of the user device during traversal around such portions of thering path 910, which imaging data may be processed by a photogrammetryprocessor and/or used to generate a three-dimensional model of the room,as described herein. Further, during further continuing traversal aroundthe ring path 910, a position of the target 912 may be continuallygenerated and updated for presentation at a particular location alongthe ring path 910, e.g., at a location closest to a current location ofthe user device based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame. Moreover, the target 912 andthe reticle 914 may also continue to be presented with the second size,shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic as long as the target 912 is maintained in alignmentwithin the reticle 914, as shown in FIG. 9G.

Further, the example user interface screen may also include a skip userinterface element 922 configured to receive an indication to skip or endtraversal of a remainder of the ring path, as well as the image captureprocess during such traversal. User input may be received via the skipuser interface element 922 to skip or end the traversal of the ring pathand corresponding image capture process, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input. In other example embodiments, in additionto or alternatively to a skip user interface element 922 by which a usermay provide an indication to skip or end traversal of a remainder orportion of a ring path, one or more portions of a ring path may beskipped during traversal of the user device around the ring path, e.g.,intentionally or inadvertently, and traversal of a ring path may stillbe considered completed even with the presence of such one or moreskipped portions of the ring path.

FIG. 9H illustrates an example user interface screen related to furthercontinuing traversal or movement around the ring path within the roomthat is presented via the display of the device, while maintainingalignment of the target along the ring path within the reticle that arealso presented via the display of the user device. For example, theexample user interface screen may include an indication 920 related tofurther continuing traversal around the ring path presented via thedisplay of the user device, while maintaining alignment of the targetwithin the reticle presented via the display of the user device. Inaddition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user devicemay be presented via a display of the user device. Further, position andorientation data of the user device may be received, tracked, and/orstored, upon receiving user consent, via position and orientationsensors of the user device during continuing traversal or movement ofthe user device.

If, during traversal around the ring path 910, the target 912 is notmaintained in alignment within the reticle 914, e.g., the target 912moves completely outside the reticle 914, the target 912 moves at leastpartially outside the reticle 914, the target 912 moves too far awayfrom the reticle 914, and/or the target 912 moves too close to thereticle 914 (as shown in FIG. 9H), then the portions of the ring path910 during which the target 912 is not maintained in alignment withinthe reticle 914 may continue to be presented in the first size,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic, asshown at the right side of FIG. 9H, to indicate that such traversal andcorresponding image capture may be incomplete or insufficient. Relativemovement and alignment between the target 912 and the reticle 914 may bedetermined using image processing, feature detection, and/or otheralgorithms and techniques, e.g., based on the presentations of thetarget 912 and the reticle 914 via the display of the user device andtheir relative positions, intersections, overlaps, sizes, or othercharacteristics. In addition, relative movement and alignment betweenthe target 912 and the reticle 914 may also be determined using positiontracking techniques, e.g., based on position and orientation dataassociated with the imaging sensor, e.g., a field of view of the imagingsensor, of the user device within the local coordinate frame, positionand orientation data of the reticle 914 that is generated forpresentation at a particular position via the display of the userdevice, and/or position and orientation data associated with the target912 on the ring path 910 that are generated for presentation atparticular locations within the local coordinate frame.

During further continuing traversal around the ring path 910, a positionof the target 912 may be continually generated and updated forpresentation at a particular location along the ring path 910, e.g., ata location closest to a current location of the user device based onposition and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame. Further, if the target 912 is not maintained inalignment within the reticle 914, the target 912 and/or the reticle 914may also be presented in the first size, shape, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic, as shown in FIG. 9H,to indicate that alignment of the target 912 within the reticle 914should be corrected and that such traversal and corresponding imagecapture may be incomplete or insufficient.

Moreover, if the movement rate or speed of the user device duringtraversal exceeds a threshold rate or speed, based on position ororientation data of the user device over time, the ring path 910, thetarget 912, and/or the reticle 914 may also be presented in the firstsize, shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic to indicate that the movement rate should be correctedand that such traversal and corresponding image capture may beincomplete or insufficient.

Further, the example user interface screen may also include a skip userinterface element 922 configured to receive an indication to skip or endtraversal of a remainder of the ring path, as well as the image captureprocess during such traversal. User input may be received via the skipuser interface element 922 to skip or end the traversal of the ring pathand corresponding image capture process, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input. In other example embodiments, in additionto or alternatively to a skip user interface element 922 by which a usermay provide an indication to skip or end traversal of a remainder orportion of a ring path, one or more portions of a ring path may beskipped during traversal of the user device around the ring path, e.g.,intentionally or inadvertently, and traversal of a ring path may stillbe considered completed even with the presence of such one or moreskipped portions of the ring path.

FIG. 9I illustrates an example user interface screen related tocontinuing the image capture process using additional ring paths, uponreceiving user consent. For example, the example user interface screenmay include an indication 924 related to continuing the image captureprocess using additional ring paths, and may also include a confirmationuser interface element 926. User input may be received via theconfirmation user interface element 926 to continue the image captureprocess using additional ring paths, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, orother user input. In addition, imaging data captured via an imagingsensor of the user device may be presented via a display of the userdevice.

FIG. 9J illustrates an example user interface screen related tocontinuing traversal or movement around an additional ring path withinthe room that is presented via the display of the device, whilemaintaining alignment of the target along the additional ring pathwithin the reticle that are also presented via the display of the userdevice. For example, the example user interface screen may include anindication 928 related to continuing traversal around the additionalring path presented via the display of the user device, whilemaintaining alignment of the target within the reticle presented via thedisplay of the user device. In addition, imaging data captured via animaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a display of theuser device. Further, position and orientation data of the user devicemay be received, tracked, and/or stored, upon receiving user consent,via position and orientation sensors of the user device duringcontinuing traversal or movement of the user device.

An additional ring path 930 may be generated for presentation at anadditional particular location, including an additional particularheight, within the local coordinate frame, e.g., substantially centeredwithin the room and at a different height than the ring path 910. Inaddition, the additional ring path 930 may be presented with a firstsize, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristicprior to traversal around any portions of the additional ring path 930,as shown at the left side of FIG. 9J, and may be presented with a secondsize, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristicafter traversal around any portions of the additional ring path 930, asshown at the right side of FIG. 9J. Further, the portions of theadditional ring path 930 may be presented with the second size,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic aftersuccessful capture of imaging data, upon receiving user consent, via theimaging sensor of the user device during traversal around such portionsof the additional ring path 930, which imaging data may be processed bya photogrammetry processor and/or used to generate a three-dimensionalmodel of the room, as described herein. In other example embodiments,the path 930 may have a shape other than a ring path.

Further, a target 932 may also be continually generated and updated forpresentation at a particular location along the additional ring path930, e.g., at a location closest to a current location of the userdevice based on position and orientation data of the user device withinthe local coordinate frame. Moreover, a reticle 934 may also begenerated for presentation at a particular position within the displayof the user device, e.g., substantially centered within the display ofthe user device. In addition, the target 932 and/or the reticle 934 maybe presented with a first size, shape, thickness, color, transparency,and/or other visual characteristic when the target 932 is not alignedwithin the reticle 934, and may be presented with a second size, shape,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic whenthe target 932 is aligned within the reticle 934, as shown in FIG. 9J.

FIG. 9K illustrates an example user interface screen related to furthercontinuing traversal or movement around an additional ring path withinthe room that is presented via the display of the device, whilemaintaining alignment of the target along the additional ring pathwithin the reticle that are also presented via the display of the userdevice. For example, the example user interface screen may include anindication 936 related to further continuing traversal around theadditional ring path presented via the display of the user device, whilemaintaining alignment of the target within the reticle presented via thedisplay of the user device. In addition, imaging data captured via animaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a display of theuser device. Further, position and orientation data of the user devicemay be received, tracked, and/or stored, upon receiving user consent,via position and orientation sensors of the user device duringcontinuing traversal or movement of the user device.

During further continuing traversal around the additional ring path 930,portions of the ring path 930 that have been traversed may be presentedwith the second size, thickness, color, transparency, and/or othervisual characteristic after traversal around any portions of theadditional ring path 930, as shown at the right side of FIG. 9K. Inaddition, the portions of the additional ring path 930 may be presentedwith the second size, thickness, color, transparency, and/or othervisual characteristic after successful capture of imaging data, uponreceiving user consent, via the imaging sensor of the user device duringtraversal around such portions of the additional ring path 930, whichimaging data may be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/or usedto generate a three-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.Further, during further continuing traversal around the ring path 930, aposition of the target 932 may be continually generated and updated forpresentation at a particular location along the additional ring path930, e.g., at a location closest to a current location of the userdevice based on position and orientation data of the user device withinthe local coordinate frame. Moreover, the target 932 and the reticle 934may also continue to be presented with the second size, shape,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic aslong as the target 932 is maintained in alignment within the reticle934, as shown in FIG. 9K.

Further, the example user interface screen may also include a skip userinterface element 938 configured to receive an indication to skip or endtraversal of a remainder of the additional ring path, as well as theimage capture process during such traversal. User input may be receivedvia the skip user interface element 938 to skip or end the traversal ofthe ring path and corresponding image capture process, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input. In other example embodiments,in addition to or alternatively to a skip user interface element 938 bywhich a user may provide an indication to skip or end traversal of aremainder or portion of an additional ring path, one or more portions ofan additional ring path may be skipped during traversal of the userdevice around the additional ring path, e.g., intentionally orinadvertently, and traversal of an additional ring path may still beconsidered completed even with the presence of such one or more skippedportions of the additional ring path.

FIG. 9L illustrates an example user interface screen related tocompletion of image capture process using ring paths within the room orspace, upon receiving user consent. For example, the example userinterface screen may include an indication 940 related to completion bya user of the image capture process using ring paths within the room.Further, the example user interface screen may also include a returnuser interface element 942 related to editing or returning to the imagecapture process using ring paths within the room. User input may bereceived via the return user interface element 942 to indicate editingor returning to the image capture process using ring paths, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input. Further, the example userinterface screen may also include a confirmation user interface element944 related to completion of the image capture process using ring pathswithin the room. User input may be received via the confirmation userinterface element 944 to indicate completion of the image captureprocess using ring paths, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other userinput.

FIGS. 10A-10M are example user interface screens illustrating steps ofanother example image capture process using ring paths with augmentedreality guidance, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

As described herein with respect to FIGS. 10A-10M, upon receiving userconsent, a user device may generate and/or present, via a display,various visual guides to facilitate an image capture process based ondimensions or measurements of a room or space, movement data within theroom or space, and/or position and orientation data of the user device.In addition, the various visual guides may be presented, via a display,as overlaying a field of view of an imaging sensor and may be presented,via a display, at determined locations within the field of view based onposition and orientation data of the user device.

FIG. 10A illustrates an example user interface screen related tobeginning the image capture process using ring paths, upon receivinguser consent. For example, the example user interface screen may includean indication 1002 related to moving the user device toward an edge,side, corner, or wall of the room. In addition, imaging data capturedvia an imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a displayof the user device. During such movement of the user device, positionand orientation data of the user device within the local coordinateframe may be tracked, upon receiving user consent, in order to determinewhether the user device has moved toward an edge, side, corner, or wallof the room. Further, based on the position and orientation data of theuser device within the local coordinate frame, the imaging datapresented via the display of the user device may be overlaid with afirst semi-transparent color if the user device is not sufficientlyclose to an edge, side, corner, or wall of the room, e.g., not within athreshold distance of any wall, and the imaging data presented via thedisplay of the user device may be overlaid with a secondsemi-transparent color if the user device is determined to besufficiently close to an edge, side, corner, or wall of the room, e.g.,within a threshold distance of a wall.

FIG. 10B illustrates an example user interface screen related to facingtoward a ring path within the room that is presented via the display ofthe device, and aligning a target along the ring path within a reticlethat are also presented via the display of the user device. For example,the example user interface screen may include an indication 1004 relatedto aligning the target within the reticle presented via the display ofthe user device, and traversing or moving around the ring path presentedvia the display of the user device. In addition, imaging data capturedvia an imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a displayof the user device.

Further, the example user interface screen may also include an arrow1006 and a textual cue 1008 that are presented via the display of theuser device to guide the user to orient a field of view of an imagingsensor of the user device toward the target along the ring path that aregenerated for presentation at particular locations within the localcoordinate frame. For example, the arrow 1006 may be generated,presented, and updated to point in a particular direction, e.g., towardthe target along the ring path, based on position and orientation dataof the user device within the local coordinate frame, and particularlocations or positions of the target and/or ring path within the localcoordinate frame. Further, the textual cue 1008 may be generated,presented, and updated to follow or remain adjacent to the presentedarrow 1006.

Moreover, a reticle 1014 may also be generated for presentation at aparticular position within the display of the user device, e.g.,substantially centered within the display of the user device. Inaddition, the reticle 1014 may be presented with a first size, shape,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic whena target is not aligned within the reticle 1014, as shown in FIG. 10B.

FIG. 10C illustrates an example user interface screen related to furtherfacing toward a ring path within the room that is presented via thedisplay of the device, and aligning a target along the ring path withina reticle that are also presented via the display of the user device.For example, the example user interface screen may include theindication 1004 related to aligning the target within the reticlepresented via the display of the user device, and traversing or movingaround the ring path presented via the display of the user device. Inaddition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user devicemay be presented via a display of the user device.

Further, the example user interface screen may also include an arrow1006 and a textual cue 1008 that are presented via the display of theuser device to guide the user to orient a field of view of an imagingsensor of the user device toward a target 1012 along a ring path 1010that are generated for presentation at particular locations within thelocal coordinate frame. For example, the arrow 1006 may be generated,presented, and updated to point in a particular direction, e.g., towardthe target 1012 along the ring path 1010, based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame,and particular locations or positions of the target 1012 and/or ringpath 1010 within the local coordinate frame.

A ring path 1010 may be generated for presentation at a particularlocation, including a particular height, within the local coordinateframe, e.g., substantially centered within the room. In addition, thering path 1010 may be presented with a first size, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic prior to traversalaround any portions of the ring path 1010, as shown in FIG. 10C. Inother example embodiments, the path 1010 may have a shape other than aring path. Further, a target 1012 may also be generated for presentationat a particular location along the ring path 1010, e.g., at a locationclosest to a current location of the user device based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame.Moreover, a reticle 1014 may also be generated for presentation at aparticular position within the display of the user device, e.g.,substantially centered within the display of the user device. Inaddition, the target 1012 and/or the reticle 1014 may be presented witha first size, shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic when the target 1012 is not aligned within the reticle1014, as shown in FIG. 10C.

As shown in FIG. 10C, when the target 1012 is within a field of view ofthe imaging sensor of the user device, the arrow 1006 may be generatedand presented as pointing toward, e.g., pointing downward to, the target1012 along the ring path 1010 that are presented via the display of theuser device. Further, the textual cue 1008 may be generated andpresented to follow or remain adjacent to the presented arrow 1006.

FIG. 10D illustrates an example user interface screen related totraversing or moving around the ring path within the room that ispresented via the display of the device, while maintaining alignment ofthe target along the ring path within the reticle that are alsopresented via the display of the user device. For example, the exampleuser interface screen may include the indication 1004 related totraversing or moving around the ring path presented via the display ofthe user device, while maintaining alignment of the target within thereticle presented via the display of the user device. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device. Further, position andorientation data of the user device may be received, tracked, and/orstored, upon receiving user consent, via position and orientationsensors of the user device during traversal or movement of the userdevice.

During traversal around the ring path 1010, portions of the ring path1010 that have been traversed may be presented with a second size,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic aftertraversal around any portions of the ring path 1010. In addition, theportions of the ring path 1010 may be presented with the second size,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic aftersuccessful capture of imaging data, upon receiving user consent, via theimaging sensor of the user device during traversal around such portionsof the ring path 1010, which imaging data may be processed by aphotogrammetry processor and/or used to generate a three-dimensionalmodel of the room, as described herein. Further, during traversal aroundthe ring path 1010, a position of the target 1012 may be continuallygenerated and updated for presentation at a particular location alongthe ring path 1010, e.g., at a location closest to a current location ofthe user device based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame. Moreover, the target 1012 andthe reticle 1014 may also be presented with a second size, shape,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic aslong as the target 1012 is maintained in alignment within the reticle1014, as shown in FIG. 10D.

FIG. 10E illustrates an example user interface screen related tocontinuing traversal or movement around the ring path within the roomthat is presented via the display of the device, while maintainingalignment of the target along the ring path within the reticle that arealso presented via the display of the user device. For example, theexample user interface screen may include an indication 1016 related tocontinuing traversal around the ring path presented via the display ofthe user device, while maintaining alignment of the target within thereticle presented via the display of the user device. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device. Further, position andorientation data of the user device may be received, tracked, and/orstored, upon receiving user consent, via position and orientationsensors of the user device during continuing traversal or movement ofthe user device.

During continuing traversal around the ring path 1010, portions of thering path 1010 that have been traversed may be presented with a secondsize, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristicafter traversal around any portions of the ring path 1010, as shown atthe right side of FIG. 10E. In addition, the portions of the ring path1010 may be presented with the second size, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic after successfulcapture of imaging data, upon receiving user consent, via the imagingsensor of the user device during traversal around such portions of thering path 1010, which imaging data may be processed by a photogrammetryprocessor and/or used to generate a three-dimensional model of the room,as described herein. Further, during continuing traversal around thering path 1010, a position of the target 1012 may be continuallygenerated and updated for presentation at a particular location alongthe ring path 1010, e.g., at a location closest to a current location ofthe user device based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame. Moreover, the target 1012 andthe reticle 1014 may also continue to be presented with the second size,shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic as long as the target 1012 is maintained in alignmentwithin the reticle 1014, as shown in FIG. 10E.

FIG. 10F illustrates an example user interface screen related to furthercontinuing traversal or movement around the ring path within the roomthat is presented via the display of the device, while maintainingalignment of the target along the ring path within the reticle that arealso presented via the display of the user device. For example, theexample user interface screen may include an indication 1018 related tofurther continuing traversal around the ring path presented via thedisplay of the user device, while maintaining alignment of the targetwithin the reticle presented via the display of the user device. Inaddition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user devicemay be presented via a display of the user device. Further, position andorientation data of the user device may be received, tracked, and/orstored, upon receiving user consent, via position and orientationsensors of the user device during continuing traversal or movement ofthe user device.

During further continuing traversal around the ring path 1010, portionsof the ring path 1010 that have been traversed may be presented with asecond size, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic after traversal around any portions of the ring path1010, as shown at the right side of FIG. 10F. In addition, the portionsof the ring path 1010 may be presented with the second size, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic after successfulcapture of imaging data, upon receiving user consent, via the imagingsensor of the user device during traversal around such portions of thering path 1010, which imaging data may be processed by a photogrammetryprocessor and/or used to generate a three-dimensional model of the room,as described herein. Further, during further continuing traversal aroundthe ring path 1010, a position of the target 1012 may be continuallygenerated and updated for presentation at a particular location alongthe ring path 1010, e.g., at a location closest to a current location ofthe user device based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame. Moreover, the target 1012 andthe reticle 1014 may also continue to be presented with the second size,shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic as long as the target 1012 is maintained in alignmentwithin the reticle 1014, as shown in FIG. 10F.

Further, the example user interface screen may also include a skip userinterface element 1020 configured to receive an indication to skip orend traversal of a remainder of the ring path, as well as the imagecapture process during such traversal. User input may be received viathe skip user interface element 1020 to skip or end the traversal of thering path and corresponding image capture process, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input. In other example embodiments,in addition to or alternatively to a skip user interface element 1020 bywhich a user may provide an indication to skip or end traversal of aremainder or portion of a ring path, one or more portions of a ring pathmay be skipped during traversal of the user device around the ring path,e.g., intentionally or inadvertently, and traversal of a ring path maystill be considered completed even with the presence of such one or moreskipped portions of the ring path.

Moreover, as shown in FIG. 10F, in various example embodiments, all orportions of the ring path 1010, or any other ring paths describedherein, may adjust or modify their vertical positions as presented viathe display of the user device, based on changes to position andorientation data of the user device during traversal around the ringpath while the target is maintained within the reticle. For example,responsive to a change in vertical position and orientation of the userdevice during traversal, all or a portion of the ring path maycorrespondingly change its vertical position to maintain particularportions of opposing walls, floor, ceiling, or other surfaces within afield of view of the imaging sensor of the user device.

As an example, responsive to the user device being moved verticallylower and rotated to point the imaging sensor upward within the room andmaintain the target within the reticle, all or a portion of the ringpath may modify its vertical position to a lower position, as shown inFIG. 10F, in order to maintain particular portions of opposing walls,floor, ceiling, or other surfaces within a field of view of the imagingsensor of the user device. Likewise, responsive to the user device beingmoved vertically higher and rotated to point the imaging sensor downwardwithin the room and maintain the target within the reticle, all or aportion of the ring path may also modify its vertical position to ahigher position, in order to maintain particular portions of opposingwalls, floor, ceiling, or other surfaces within a field of view of theimaging sensor of the user device.

In addition, the changes to vertical position of the portion of the ringpath, as well as changes to other visual characteristics of all or theportion of the ring path including size, color, thickness, transparency,or others, may provide visual cues or indications to the user to adjustthe vertical position and orientation of the user device to maintain arelatively flat or horizontal ring path and thereby capture imaging dataof desired portions of opposing walls, floor, ceiling, or othersurfaces. Furthermore, various textual cues or other indicators may begenerated and presented via the display of the user device to instruct auser to adjust the vertical position and orientation of the user deviceduring traversal around the ring path.

FIG. 10G illustrates an example user interface screen related tocontinuing the image capture process using additional ring paths, uponreceiving user consent. For example, the example user interface screenmay include an indication 1022 related to continuing the image captureprocess using additional ring paths, and may also include a confirmationuser interface element 1024. User input may be received via theconfirmation user interface element 1024 to continue the image captureprocess using additional ring paths, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, orother user input. In addition, imaging data captured via an imagingsensor of the user device may be presented via a display of the userdevice.

FIG. 10H illustrates an example user interface screen related to furtherfacing toward an additional ring path within the room that is presentedvia the display of the device, and aligning a target along theadditional ring path within a reticle that are also presented via thedisplay of the user device. For example, the example user interfacescreen may include an indication related to aligning the target withinthe reticle presented via the display of the user device, and traversingor moving around the ring path presented via the display of the userdevice. In addition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of theuser device may be presented via a display of the user device.

Further, the example user interface screen may also include an arrow1006 and a textual cue 1008 that are presented via the display of theuser device to guide the user to orient a field of view of an imagingsensor of the user device toward a target 1032 along an additional ringpath 1030 that are generated for presentation at particular locationswithin the local coordinate frame. For example, the arrow 1006 may begenerated, presented, and updated to point in a particular direction,e.g., toward the target 1032 along the additional ring path 1030, basedon position and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, and particular locations or positions of the target1032 and/or ring path 1030 within the local coordinate frame.

An additional ring path 1030 may be generated for presentation at anadditional particular location, including an additional particularheight, within the local coordinate frame, e.g., substantially centeredwithin the room and at a different height than the ring path 1010. Inaddition, the additional ring path 1030 may be presented with a firstsize, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristicprior to traversal around any portions of the additional ring path 1030,as shown in FIG. 10H. In other example embodiments, the path 1030 mayhave a shape other than a ring path. Further, a target 1032 may also begenerated for presentation at a particular location along the additionalring path 1030, e.g., at a location closest to a current location of theuser device based on position and orientation data of the user devicewithin the local coordinate frame. Moreover, a reticle 1034 may also begenerated for presentation at a particular position within the displayof the user device, e.g., substantially centered within the display ofthe user device. In addition, the target 1032 and/or the reticle 1034may be presented with a first size, shape, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic when the target 1032 isnot aligned within the reticle 1034, as shown in FIG. 10H.

As shown in FIG. 10H, when the target 1032 is within a field of view ofthe imaging sensor of the user device, the arrow 1006 may be generatedand presented as pointing toward, e.g., pointing downward to, the target1032 along the additional ring path 1030 that are presented via thedisplay of the user device. Further, the textual cue 1008 may begenerated and presented to follow or remain adjacent to the presentedarrow 1006.

FIG. 10I illustrates an example user interface screen related tocontinuing traversal or movement around the additional ring path withinthe room that is presented via the display of the device, whilemaintaining alignment of the target along the additional ring pathwithin the reticle that are also presented via the display of the userdevice. For example, the example user interface screen may include anindication 1026 related to continuing traversal around the additionalring path presented via the display of the user device, whilemaintaining alignment of the target within the reticle presented via thedisplay of the user device. In addition, imaging data captured via animaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a display of theuser device. Further, position and orientation data of the user devicemay be received, tracked, and/or stored, upon receiving user consent,via position and orientation sensors of the user device duringcontinuing traversal or movement of the user device.

During continuing traversal around the additional ring path 1030,portions of the additional ring path 1030 that have been traversed maybe presented with a second size, thickness, color, transparency, and/orother visual characteristic after traversal around any portions of theadditional ring path 1030, as shown at the right side of FIG. 10I. Inaddition, the portions of the additional ring path 1030 may be presentedwith the second size, thickness, color, transparency, and/or othervisual characteristic after successful capture of imaging data, uponreceiving user consent, via the imaging sensor of the user device duringtraversal around such portions of the additional ring path 1030, whichimaging data may be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/or usedto generate a three-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.Further, during continuing traversal around the additional ring path1030, a position of the target 1032 may be continually generated andupdated for presentation at a particular location along the additionalring path 1030, e.g., at a location closest to a current location of theuser device based on position and orientation data of the user devicewithin the local coordinate frame. Moreover, the target 1032 and thereticle 1034 may also continue to be presented with the second size,shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic as long as the target 1032 is maintained in alignmentwithin the reticle 1034, as shown in FIG. 10I.

FIG. 10J illustrates an example user interface screen related to furthercontinuing traversal or movement around the ring path within the roomthat is presented via the display of the device, while maintainingalignment of the target along the ring path within the reticle that arealso presented via the display of the user device. For example, theexample user interface screen may include the indication 1026 related tofurther continuing traversal around the ring path presented via thedisplay of the user device, while maintaining alignment of the targetwithin the reticle presented via the display of the user device. Inaddition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user devicemay be presented via a display of the user device. Further, position andorientation data of the user device may be received, tracked, and/orstored, upon receiving user consent, via position and orientationsensors of the user device during continuing traversal or movement ofthe user device.

If, during traversal around the additional ring path 1030 (or the ringpath 1010), the target 1032 (or the target 1012) is not maintained inalignment within the reticle 1034 (or the reticle 1014), e.g., thetarget 1032 moves completely outside the reticle 1034 (as shown in FIG.10J), the target 1032 moves at least partially outside the reticle 1034,the target 1032 moves too far away from the reticle 1034, and/or thetarget 1032 moves too close to the reticle 1034, then the portions ofthe additional ring path 1030 during which the target 1032 is notmaintained in alignment within the reticle 1034 may continue to bepresented in the first size, thickness, color, transparency, and/orother visual characteristic to indicate that such traversal andcorresponding image capture may be incomplete or insufficient. Relativemovement and alignment between the target 1032 and the reticle 1034 maybe determined using image processing, feature detection, and/or otheralgorithms and techniques, e.g., based on the presentations of thetarget 1032 and the reticle 1034 via the display of the user device andtheir relative positions, intersections, overlaps, sizes, or othercharacteristics. In addition, relative movement and alignment betweenthe target 1032 and the reticle 1034 may also be determined usingposition tracking techniques, e.g., based on position and orientationdata associated with the imaging sensor, e.g., a field of view of theimaging sensor, of the user device within the local coordinate frame,position and orientation data of the reticle 1034 that is generated forpresentation at a particular position via the display of the userdevice, and/or position and orientation data associated with the target1032 on the additional ring path 1030 that are generated forpresentation at particular locations within the local coordinate frame.

Further, as shown in FIG. 10J, if the target 1032 is not maintained inalignment within the reticle 1034 but the target 1032 is still within afield of view of the imaging sensor of the user device, an arrow 1006may be generated and presented as pointing toward, e.g., pointingdownward to, the target 1032 along the additional ring path 1030 thatare presented via the display of the user device. Further, a textual cue1008 may be generated and presented to follow or remain adjacent to thepresented arrow 1006.

During further continuing traversal around the additional ring path1030, a position of the target 1032 may be continually generated andupdated for presentation at a particular location along the additionalring path 1030, e.g., at a location closest to a current location of theuser device based on position and orientation data of the user devicewithin the local coordinate frame. Further, if the target 1032 is notmaintained in alignment within the reticle 1034, the target 1032 and/orthe reticle 1034 may also be presented in the first size, shape,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic, asshown in FIG. 10J, to indicate that alignment of the target 1032 withinthe reticle 1034 should be corrected and that such traversal andcorresponding image capture may be incomplete or insufficient.

Moreover, if the movement rate or speed of the user device duringtraversal exceeds a threshold rate or speed, based on position ororientation data of the user device over time, the ring path 1030, thetarget 1032, and/or the reticle 1034 may also be presented in the firstsize, shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic to indicate that the movement rate should be correctedand that such traversal and corresponding image capture may beincomplete or insufficient.

FIG. 10K illustrates another example user interface screen related tofurther continuing traversal or movement around the ring path within theroom that is presented via the display of the device, while maintainingalignment of the target along the ring path within the reticle that arealso presented via the display of the user device. In addition, imagingdata captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may be presentedvia a display of the user device. Further, position and orientation dataof the user device may be received, tracked, and/or stored, uponreceiving user consent, via position and orientation sensors of the userdevice during continuing traversal or movement of the user device.

If, during traversal around the additional ring path 1030 (or the ringpath 1010), the target 1032 (or the target 1012) is not maintained inalignment within the reticle 1034 (or the reticle 1014), e.g., thetarget 1032 moves completely outside the reticle 1034 (as shown in FIG.10K), the target 1032 moves at least partially outside the reticle 1034,the target 1032 moves too far away from the reticle 1034, and/or thetarget 1032 moves too close to the reticle 1034, then the portions ofthe additional ring path 1030 during which the target 1032 is notmaintained in alignment within the reticle 1034 may continue to bepresented in the first size, thickness, color, transparency, and/orother visual characteristic to indicate that such traversal andcorresponding image capture may be incomplete or insufficient. Relativemovement and alignment between the target 1032 and the reticle 1034 maybe determined using image processing, feature detection, and/or otheralgorithms and techniques, e.g., based on the presentations of thetarget 1032 and the reticle 1034 via the display of the user device andtheir relative positions, intersections, overlaps, sizes, or othercharacteristics. In addition, relative movement and alignment betweenthe target 1032 and the reticle 1034 may also be determined usingposition tracking techniques, e.g., based on position and orientationdata associated with the imaging sensor, e.g., a field of view of theimaging sensor, of the user device within the local coordinate frame,position and orientation data of the reticle 1034 that is generated forpresentation at a particular position via the display of the userdevice, and/or position and orientation data associated with the target1032 on the additional ring path 1030 that are generated forpresentation at particular locations within the local coordinate frame.

Further, as shown in FIG. 10K, if the target 1032 is not maintained inalignment within the reticle 1034 and the target 1032 is no longerwithin a field of view of the imaging sensor of the user device, anarrow 1006 and a textual cue 1008 may be presented via the display ofthe user device to guide the user to orient a field of view of animaging sensor of the user device toward the target along the ring paththat are generated for presentation at particular locations within thelocal coordinate frame. For example, the arrow 1006 may be generated,presented, and updated to point in a particular direction, e.g., towardthe target along the ring path, based on position and orientation dataof the user device within the local coordinate frame, and particularlocations or positions of the target and/or ring path within the localcoordinate frame. Further, the textual cue 1008 may be generated,presented, and updated to follow or remain adjacent to the presentedarrow 1006.

FIG. 10L illustrates an example user interface screen related to furthercontinuing traversal or movement around the ring path within the roomthat is presented via the display of the device, while maintainingalignment of the target along the ring path within the reticle that arealso presented via the display of the user device. For example, theexample user interface screen may include an indication 1028 related tofurther continuing traversal around the ring path presented via thedisplay of the user device, while maintaining alignment of the targetwithin the reticle presented via the display of the user device. Inaddition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user devicemay be presented via a display of the user device. Further, position andorientation data of the user device may be received, tracked, and/orstored, upon receiving user consent, via position and orientationsensors of the user device during continuing traversal or movement ofthe user device.

During further continuing traversal around the additional ring path1030, portions of the additional ring path 1030 that have been traversedmay be presented with a second size, thickness, color, transparency,and/or other visual characteristic after traversal around any portionsof the additional ring path 1030, as shown at the right side of FIG.10L. In addition, the portions of the additional ring path 1030 may bepresented with the second size, thickness, color, transparency, and/orother visual characteristic after successful capture of imaging data,upon receiving user consent, via the imaging sensor of the user deviceduring traversal around such portions of the additional ring path 1030,which imaging data may be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/orused to generate a three-dimensional model of the room, as describedherein. Further, during further continuing traversal around theadditional ring path 1030, a position of the target 1032 may becontinually generated and updated for presentation at a particularlocation along the additional ring path 1030, e.g., at a locationclosest to a current location of the user device based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame.Moreover, the target 1032 and the reticle 1034 may also continue to bepresented with the second size, shape, thickness, color, transparency,and/or other visual characteristic as long as the target 1032 ismaintained in alignment within the reticle 1034, as shown in FIG. 10L.

Further, the example user interface screen may also include a skip userinterface element 1036 configured to receive an indication to skip orend traversal of a remainder of the additional ring path, as well as theimage capture process during such traversal. User input may be receivedvia the skip user interface element 1036 to skip or end the traversal ofthe additional ring path and corresponding image capture process, e.g.,via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input. In other exampleembodiments, in addition to or alternatively to a skip user interfaceelement 1036 by which a user may provide an indication to skip or endtraversal of a remainder or portion of an additional ring path, one ormore portions of an additional ring path may be skipped during traversalof the user device around the additional ring path, e.g., intentionallyor inadvertently, and traversal of an additional ring path may still beconsidered completed even with the presence of such one or more skippedportions of the additional ring path.

FIG. 10M illustrates an example user interface screen related tocompletion of image capture process using ring paths within the room orspace, upon receiving user consent. For example, the example userinterface screen may include an indication 1038 related to completion bya user of the image capture process using ring paths within the room.Further, the example user interface screen may also include a returnuser interface element related to editing or returning to the imagecapture process using ring paths within the room. User input may bereceived via the return user interface element to indicate editing orreturning to the image capture process using ring paths, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input. Further, the example userinterface screen may also include a confirmation user interface element1040 related to completion of the image capture process using ring pathswithin the room. User input may be received via the confirmation userinterface element 1040 to indicate completion of the image captureprocess using ring paths, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other userinput.

FIG. 11A is a flow diagram illustrating an example image capture processusing ring paths 1100, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 1100 may begin with the ring path generation process, as at1102. As described at least with respect to FIG. 11B, the ring pathgeneration process may comprise receiving room dimensions andmeasurements, receiving movement data for a user device, and generatingone or more ring paths to be presented along which to capture images ofthe room based on the room dimensions and measurements and/or themovement data.

The process 1100 may proceed with the target and reticle generationprocess, as at 1114. As described at least with respect to FIG. 11C, thetarget and reticle generation process may comprise receiving one or moregenerated ring paths, receiving position and orientation data for a userdevice, generating one or more targets to be presented along the one ormore ring paths based on the position and orientation data for the userdevice, and generating one or more reticles to be presented within adisplay of the user device.

The process 1100 may continue to instruct positioning of a target withina reticle, as at 1128. For example, a ring path may be generated to bepresented at particular locations within a room based on the localcoordinate frame, a target may be generated to be presented at aparticular location along the ring path within the room based on thelocal coordinate frame, and a reticle may be generated to be presentedwithin a display of the user device. Then, a user may be instructed tomove and orient the user device such that a field of view of an imagingsensor of the user device includes the target that is generated to bepresented along the ring path, such that the target may be aligned withthe reticle that is also generated to be presented within a display ofthe user device.

The process 1100 may then proceed by determining whether the targetalong the ring path is positioned with the reticle, as at 1130. Forexample, alignment between the target to be presented along the ringpath within the local coordinate frame and the reticle to be presentedwithin the display of the user device may be determined using imageprocessing, feature detection, and/or other algorithms or techniques,e.g., by determining relative positions, intersections, overlaps, sizes,or other characteristics of the target and reticle displayed via thedisplay of the user device. In addition, alignment between the target tobe presented along the ring path within the local coordinate frame andthe reticle to be presented within the display of the user device may bedetermined using position tracking techniques, e.g., based on positionand orientation data associated with the imaging sensor, e.g., a fieldof view of the imaging sensor, of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, position and orientation data of the reticle that isgenerated for presentation at a particular position via the display ofthe user device, and/or position and orientation data associated withthe target on the ring path that are generated for presentation atparticular locations within the local coordinate frame.

If it is determined that the target is not positioned within thereticle, the process 1100 may return to step 1128 to instructpositioning of the target within the reticle. If, however, it isdetermined that the target is positioned within the reticle, the process1100 may continue by capture images, upon receiving user consent, usingan imaging sensor of the user device as the target moves along the ringpath and stays within the reticle, as at 1132. For example, a user maybe instructed to traverse around the ring path while orienting the userdevice such that a field of view of an imaging sensor of the user devicemaintains the target that is generated to be presented along the ringpath aligned within the reticle that is also generated to be presentedwithin a display of the user device, which may be similar to a strafingmotion, or sideways motion, by the user and user device during traversalof the ring path. In this manner, a field of view of an imaging sensormay extend substantially across a room during traversal of the ringpath, in order to capture images of portions of opposing walls, as wellas portions of a floor and/or portions of a ceiling, and the imagingdata captured in this manner may be processed by a photogrammetryprocessor and/or used to generate a three-dimensional model of the room,as described herein.

The process 1100 may then proceed to determine whether the target hasmoved outside the reticle, as at 1134. For example, using imageprocessing techniques and/or position tracking techniques, uponreceiving user consent, as described herein, it may be determinedwhether the target has moved completely outside the reticle, and/or thetarget has moved at least partially outside the reticle.

If it is determined that the target has moved outside the reticle, thenthe process 1100 may proceed to stop capturing images using the imagingsensor of the user device, as at 1136. Then, the process 1100 may returnto step 1128 to instruct positioning of the target within the reticle.

If, however, it is determined that the target has not moved outside thereticle, then the process 1100 may continue to determine whether thetarget has moved too close or too far relative to the user device, as at1138. For example, using image processing techniques and/or positiontracking techniques, upon receiving user consent, as described herein,it may be determined whether the target has moved too close to thereticle, and/or the target has moved too far away from the reticle.

If it is determined that the target has moved too close or too farrelative to the user device, then the process 1100 may proceed to stopcapturing images using the imaging sensor of the user device, as at1140. Then, the process 1100 may return to step 1128 to instructpositioning of the target within the reticle.

If, however, it is determined that the target has not moved too close ortoo far relative to the user device, then the process 1100 may continueto determine whether capture of images using the ring path, target, andreticle is complete, as at 1142. For example, the user device may havetraversed around the entire ring path and corresponding captured imagesduring such complete traversal. Alternatively, a portion of the ringpath, e.g., a remainder of the ring path, may be skipped upon receivinguser input via a skip user interface element to end or complete imagecapture during traversal of the ring path.

If it is determined that the capture of images is not complete, then theprocess 1100 may return to step 1132 to continue to capture images usingan imaging sensor of the user device as the target moves along the ringpath and stays within the reticle. If, however, it is determined thatthe capture of images is complete, then the process 1100 may proceed todetermine whether to capture images using another ring path, as at 1144,upon receiving user consent. For example, one or more additional ringpaths may be generated to be presented at particular locations within aroom based on the local coordinate frame, one or more additional targetsmay be generated to be presented at a particular location along the oneor more additional ring paths within the room based on the localcoordinate frame, and one or more additional reticles may be generatedto be presented within a display of the user device.

If it is determined that images are to be captured using another ringpath, then the process 1100 may return to step 1128 to instructpositioning of an additional target along an additional ring path withinan additional reticle that are generated to be presented via a displayof a user device. If, however, it is determined that images are not becaptured using another ring path, then the process 1100 may then end, asat 1146.

FIG. 11B is a flow diagram illustrating an example ring path generationprocess 1102, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 1102 may begin by receiving room measurement data, as at1104. For example, the room measurement data may comprise dimensionsand/or measurements of a room, such as floor planes, floor dimensions,floor area, wall planes, wall dimensions, wall area, ceiling planes,ceiling dimensions, ceiling area, or other measurement data. In someexample embodiments, the room measurement data may be determined usingthe room measurement process described at least with respect to FIGS.6A-6E.

The process 1102 may continue by receiving movement data associated withthe user device, as at 1106. For example, the movement data may includeposition and/or orientation data detected by one or more position andorientation sensors, upon receiving user consent, of a user device asthe user device moves around the room. In some example embodiments, themovement data may indicate accessible or walkable portions of the room,e.g., walkable paths or areas, hallways, egresses, or other portions,and may also indicate inaccessible or blocked portions of the room,e.g., areas including columns, poles, sofas, chairs, tables, otherfurniture, fireplaces, permanent fixtures, or other portions.

The process 1102 may then proceed by generating a ring pathsubstantially centered within the room along which images may becaptured based on the room measurement data and the movement data, as at1108. For example, the ring path may be generated for presentation via adisplay of a user device at particular locations, including particularheights, within the local coordinate frame of the room. In addition, thering path may have various types of shapes, such as geometric, circular,oval, or other regular or irregular shapes. Further, the ring path maybe generally convex along all portions of the ring path, such that noportions overlap or intersect any other portions and no portions areconcave. Moreover, the ring path may be a scaled-down version of thewalls, with some amount or degree of offset from the walls. Furthermore,corners of the ring path may be rounded in order to facilitate smooth orgradual traversal around the ring path by a user device. In addition,the ring path, or portions thereof, may be presented with various sizes,shapes, thicknesses, colors, levels of transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristics.

The process 1102 may then continue to determine whether additional ringpaths are to be generated, as at 1110. For example, a plurality of ringpaths may be generated for a room based on various factors, such assize, dimensions, or measurements of a room, shape of a room, field ofview of an imaging sensor, image resolution of an imaging sensor, imagecapture rate of an imaging sensor, movement rate of an imaging sensor,or various other factors. As an example, for rooms with relativelylarger dimensions, a single ring path that may be substantially centeredwithin the room may capture sufficient images of all portions of theroom. Likewise, for rooms with relatively smaller dimensions, multiplering paths may be needed in order to capture sufficient images of allportions of the room, e.g., a center of the floor, a center of theceiling, as well as all walls and corners of the room, such as a lowerring path closer to the floor and substantially centered within the roomand a higher ring path closer to the ceiling and substantially centeredwith the room.

If it is determined that additional ring paths are to be generated, thenthe process 1102 may return to step 1104 to receive room measurementdata and repeat the process 1102 for additional ring paths. If, however,it is determined that additional ring paths are not to be generated,then the process 1102 may end, as at 1112.

FIG. 11C is a flow diagram illustrating an example target and reticlegeneration process 1114, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 1114 may begin by receiving a generated ring path, as at1116. For example, the ring path may be generated using the processdescribed at least with respect to FIG. 11B.

The process 1114 may proceed by receiving position and orientation datafrom one or more sensors of a user device, as at 1118. For example, oneor more position and orientation sensors, such as an inertialmeasurement unit, accelerometer, gyroscope, or magnetometer, associatedwith the user device may detect position and/or orientation data, uponreceiving user consent, of the user device within the local coordinateframe of the room. The position and orientation information may identifya position of the user device within the room based on the localcoordinate frame, and may also identify an orientation or angle of theuser device within the room, e.g., with respect to vertical, horizontal,or some other known or previously determined or designated orientationor angle.

The process 1114 may then continue by generating a target to bepresented via a display of the user device and maintained along the ringpath at a position closest to the user device, as at 1120. For example,the target may be generated for presentation via the display of the userdevice with various shapes, such as a two-dimensional shape,three-dimensional shape, a rod, a cone, a hollow cylinder, a sphere, acube, or various other geometric, regular, irregular, and/orasymmetrical shapes. In addition, the target may be generated forpresentation via the display of the user device at a particularlocation, e.g., a location that is closest to a current position of theuser device, based on position and orientation data of the user devicewithin the local coordinate frame, and based on positions or locationsof various portions of the ring path within the local coordinate frame.Further, the particular location at which the target is to be presentedvia the display of the user device may be continually updated based onchanges to a current position of the user device within the localcoordinate frame.

The process 1114 may further proceed to generate a reticle to bepresented substantially centered within a display of the user device, asat 1122. For example, the reticle may be generated for presentation viathe display of the user device with various shapes, such as a rectangle,square, circle, cross-hairs, oval, pill, or various other geometric,regular, irregular, and/or asymmetrical shapes. In addition, the reticlemay be generated for presentation at any position within the display ofthe user device, and may preferably be presented substantially centeredwithin the display of the user device.

The process 1114 may then continue to determine whether a target and areticle are to be generated for presentation with one or more additionalring paths, as at 1124. For example, if one or more additional ringpaths have been generated for presentation around which a user and userdevice may be instructed to traverse to capture images of a room, thenone or more additional targets and additional reticles may be generatedfor presentation with the additional ring paths to facilitate the imagecapture process.

If a target and a reticle are to be generated for presentation with oneor more additional ring paths, then the process 1114 may return to step1116 to receive an additional ring path and repeat the process 1114 forthe additional ring path. If, however, a target and a reticle are not tobe generated for presentation with one or more additional ring paths,then the process 1114 may end, as at 1126.

FIG. 12 is a flow diagram illustrating an example image capture processusing ring paths with augmented reality guidance 1200, in accordancewith disclosed implementations.

The process 1200 may begin by presenting an indication to start an imagecapture process, as at 1202. For example, the indication may comprisetext and visual cues or indications related to the image captureprocess, as well as a confirmation user interface element that may beselected by a user to proceed.

The process 1200 may proceed by receiving user input to start the imagecapture process, as at 1204. For example, user input may be received viathe confirmation user interface element, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input.

The process 1200 may continue by presenting an indication to move theuser device toward an edge, side, corner, or wall within the room orspace and face the center of the room, as at 1206. For example, theindication may comprise text and visual cues or indications related tomoving the user device toward an edge, side, corner, or wall within theroom. In addition, the indication may comprise a first semi-transparentcolor overlaid on top of imaging data presented via the display of theuser device if the user device is not sufficiently close to an edge,side, corner, or wall of the room, e.g., not within a threshold distanceof any wall based on the position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame, and may comprise a secondsemi-transparent color overlaid on top of imaging data presented via thedisplay of the user device if the user device is determined to besufficiently close to an edge, side, corner, or wall of the room, e.g.,within a threshold distance of a wall based on the position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame.

Further, the indication may comprise arrows, textual cues, or otherguides or indications related to facing the center of the room. Forexample, an arrow may be presented via the display of the user devicethat points toward a target generated for presentation along a ring paththat is also generated for presentation within the local coordinateframe of the room, based on position and orientation information of theuser device relative to the positions of the target and ring path withinthe local coordinate frame. In addition, various textual cues or guidesmay be presented via the display of the user device to face the centerof the room, and such textual cues or guides may be presented asfollowing or remaining close or adjacent to the arrow that is presentedto point toward the target along the ring path.

The process 1200 may then proceed to receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 1208. For example, duringmovement of the user device toward an edge, side, corner, or wall withinthe room, position and orientation data of the user device may bereceived from one or more position and orientation sensors of the userdevice.

The process 1200 may then continue to determine whether the user deviceis sufficiently close to a wall, as at 1210. For example, position andorientation data of the user device may be tracked and processed, uponreceiving user consent, to determine whether the user device has movedto within a threshold distance of any wall within the local coordinateframe of the room, and/or has moved outside an outer periphery or edgeof a ring path to be generated for presentation within the localcoordinate frame of the room. In some embodiments, a semi-transparentcolor that is overlaid on top of imaging data may transition from afirst color to a second color upon determining that the user device issufficiently close to a wall.

If the user device is not sufficiently close to a wall, then the process1200 may return to step 1208 to continue receiving movement data fromone or more sensors of the user device. If, however, the user device issufficiently close to a wall, then the process 1200 may proceed topresent a ring path with a target at a position closest to the userdevice, as at 1212. For example, as described herein, the ring path maybe generated for presentation via the display of the user devicesubstantially centered within the local coordinate frame of the room,and the target may also be generated for presentation via the display ofthe user device at a position along the ring path that is closest to acurrent position of the user device, based on position and orientationdata of the user device.

The process 1200 may then continue by presenting a reticle substantiallycentered within the display of the user device, as at 1214. For example,as described herein, the reticle may be generated for presentationsubstantially centered within the display of the user device.

The process 1200 may proceed by presenting an indication to position thetarget within the reticle, as at 1216. For example, the indication maycomprise arrows, textual cues, or other guides or indications related toaligning the target within the reticle that are presented within thedisplay of the user device. For example, an arrow may be presented viathe display of the user device that points toward the target generatedfor presentation along the ring path that is also generated forpresentation within the local coordinate frame of the room, based onposition and orientation information of the user device relative to thepositions of the target and ring path within the local coordinate frame.In addition, various textual cues or guides may be presented via thedisplay of the user device to align the target within the reticle, andsuch textual cues or guides may be presented as following or remainingclose or adjacent to the arrow that is presented to point toward thetarget along the ring path. Further, the indication may also comprisevarious sizes, shapes, thicknesses, colors, levels of transparency,and/or other visual characteristics with which the target and/or reticlemay be presented, e.g., a first size, shape, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic of the target and/orreticle indicating that the target is not aligned within the reticle,and a second size, shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or othervisual characteristic of the target and/or reticle indicating that thetarget is aligned within the reticle.

The process 1200 may then continue to receive movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 1218. For example, duringmovement of the user device to place the target within the reticle viathe display of the user device, position and orientation data of theuser device may be received from one or more position and orientationsensors of the user device, e.g., to determine a field of view of animaging sensor of the user device and to determine whether the targetgenerated for presentation within the local coordinate frame of the roomis aligned within the reticle generated for presentation within thedisplay of the user device.

The process 1200 may then proceed to determine whether the target ispositioned within the reticle, as at 1220. For example, as describedherein, various image processing, feature detection, position tracking,and/or other algorithms or techniques may be utilized to determinerelative positions of the target and reticle presented via the displayof the user device, and to determine whether the target is aligned orpositioned within the reticle.

If the target is not positioned within the reticle, then the process1200 may return to step 1218 to continue to receive movement data fromone or more sensors of the user device. If, however, the target isdetermined to be positioned within the reticle, then the process 1200may present an indication to traverse the user device around the ringpath, as at 1222. For example, the indication may comprise text andvisual cues or indications related to traversal of the user devicearound the ring path presented via the display of the user device, whilemaintaining alignment of the target within the reticle presented via thedisplay of the user device. Further, the indication may also comprisevarious sizes, shapes, thicknesses, colors, levels of transparency,and/or other visual characteristics with which the ring path, target,and/or reticle may be presented, e.g., a first size, shape, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic of the ringpath, target, and/or reticle indicating that traversal around a portionof the ring path has not yet been completed and/or sufficient imagingdata has not been captured during such traversal, and a second size,shape, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic of the ring path, target, and/or reticle indicating thattraversal around a portion of the ring path has been completed and/orsufficient imaging data has been captured during such traversal.

The process 1200 may continue by receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 1224. For example, duringtraversal or movement of the user device around the ring path whilemaintaining the target within the reticle via the display of the userdevice, position and orientation data of the user device may be receivedfrom one or more position and orientation sensors of the user device,e.g., to determine a field of view of an imaging sensor of the userdevice and to determine whether the target generated for presentationwithin the local coordinate frame of the room is maintained in alignmentwithin the reticle generated for presentation within the display of theuser device.

The process 1200 may then proceed by determining whether the target ismaintained within the reticle during traversal around the ring path, asat 1226. For example, as described herein, various image processing,feature detection, position tracking, and/or other algorithms ortechniques may be utilized to determine relative positions of the targetand reticle presented via the display of the user device, and todetermine whether the target is maintained in alignment within thereticle.

If it is determined that the target is not maintained within the reticleduring traversal around the ring path, then the process 1200 may returnto step 1216 to present an indication to position the target within thereticle. If, however, it is determined that the target is maintainedwithin the reticle during traversal around the ring path, then theprocess 1200 may continue to capture images during movement around thering path, as at 1228. For example, during traversal or movement of theuser device around the ring path while maintaining the target within thereticle, various images may be captured of portions of the room, such asportions of opposing walls, portions of the floor, and/or portions ofthe ceiling. In addition, as described herein, the image capture ratealong different portions of the ring path may vary, e.g., a lower imagecapture rate along straight portions of the ring path, and a higherimage capture rate along curved portions of the ring path. Further, theimaging data captured in this manner may be processed by aphotogrammetry processor and/or used to generate a three-dimensionalmodel of the room, as described herein.

The process 1200 may then proceed to present an indication that imageswere captured during the traversal, as at 1230. For example, theindication may comprise text and visual cues or indications related totraversal of the user device around at least a portion of the ring pathpresented via the display of the user device, while maintainingalignment of the target within the reticle presented via the display ofthe user device. Further, the indication may also comprise varioussizes, shapes, thicknesses, colors, levels of transparency, and/or othervisual characteristics with which the ring path, target, and/or reticlemay be presented, e.g., a first size, shape, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic of the ring path,target, and/or reticle indicating that traversal around a portion of thering path has not yet been completed and/or sufficient imaging data hasnot been captured during such traversal, and a second size, shape,thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic ofthe ring path, target, and/or reticle indicating that traversal around aportion of the ring path has been completed and/or sufficient imagingdata has been captured during such traversal. In addition, theindication may comprise a skip user interface element that may beselected by a user to skip a portion or remainder of the ring path andend or complete image capture during traversal of the ring path.

The process 1200 may then determine whether user input to skip aremainder of the image capture process has been received, as at 1232.For example, user input may be received via the skip user interfaceelement, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input, to skip aremainder of the image capture process. If it is determined that a userinput to skip a remainder of the image capture process has not beenreceived, then the process 1200 may proceed to determine whether theimage capture process during traversal of the ring path is complete, asat 1234. For example, the image capture process may be consideredcomplete when all, substantially all, or greater than a threshold amountor percent, of the ring path has been traversed by the user device andcorresponding images have been captured during traversal of suchportions of the ring path.

If it is determined that the image capture process during traversal ofthe ring path is not complete, then the process 1200 may return to step1224 to continue to receive movement data from one or more sensors ofthe user device during traversal of the user device around the ringpath.

If, however, it is determined that the image capture process iscomplete, as at 1234, or if it is determined that user input to skip aremainder of the image capture process has been received, as at 1232,then the process 1200 may continue to present an indication that theimage capture process is complete, as at 1236. For example, theindication may comprise text and visual cues or indications related tocompletion of the image capture process using a ring path. In addition,the indication may comprise a confirmation user interface element thatmay be selected by a user to confirm completion of the image captureprocess using the ring path.

The process 1200 may then continue to receive user input to proceed, asat 1238. For example, user input may be received via the confirmationuser interface element, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other userinput, to confirm completion of the image capture process using the ringpath.

The process 1200 may then proceed by determining whether images are tobe captured along another ring path, as at 1240. For example, asdescribed herein, depending on dimensions, measurements, or othercharacteristics of a room or space, and/or depending on characteristicsof an imaging sensor of the user device, one or more ring paths may begenerated for presentation within the local coordinate frame of the roomin order to capture images of substantially all portions of the floor,walls, and ceiling. If it is determined that images are to be capturedalong another ring path, then the process 1200 may return to step 1212to present an additional ring path with an additional target at aposition closest to the user device and to perform the image captureprocess using the additional ring path as described herein.

If, however, it is determined that images are not be captured alonganother ring path, then the process 1200 may continue by receiving userconfirmation of completion, as at 1242. For example, a confirmation userinterface element may be presented that may be selected by a user toconfirm completion of the image capture process using ring paths, anduser input may be received via the confirmation user interface element,e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input, to confirmcompletion of the image capture process using ring paths. The process1200 may then end, as at 1244.

FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram 1300 of an example of panorama pathgeneration, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

FIG. 13 illustrates a schematic top-down view of an example room orspace having a floor 1302, walls 1304-1, 1304-2, 1304-3, 1304-4, and aceiling (not shown), within which a panorama path comprising a pluralityof location image capture locations 1330 and a plurality of imagecapture paths 1332 may be generated for presentation via a display of auser device. As described herein, the user device may be a mobilecomputing device, such as a smartphone, and may comprise a processor, amemory having executable instructions and one or more applications, oneor more inputs such as buttons, a touchscreen, and/or microphones, oneor more outputs such as a display and/or speakers, one or more sensorssuch as an inertial measurement unit, an imaging sensor, and/or othersensors, and/or any or all features described herein with respect touser devices.

The panorama path may comprise a plurality of image capture locations1330-1, 1330-2, 1330-3, 1330-4 within the room based at least in part ondimensions or measurements of the room and/or user movement data. Forexample, the image capture locations 1330 may be associated withcorners, edges, sides, and/or portions of walls within the room, and maybe generated for presentation at particular locations or positionswithin the local coordinate frame of the room. In addition, the numberand placement of image capture locations 1330 may be selected ordetermined such that each image capture location 1330 is spaced from atleast one other image capture location 1330 by a distance that may begreater than a minimum distance and/or smaller than a maximum distance.Further, in addition to dimensions or measurements of the room, thenumber, placement, and/or spacing of the plurality of image capturelocations 1330 needed to capture sufficient images of all portions of aroom may further depend on characteristics associated with an imagingsensor of the user device, e.g., field of view, image resolution, imagecapture rate, imaging sensor movement rate, or other factors. Inaddition, the image capture locations 1330 of the panorama path may begenerated at least partially based on user movement data within theroom, e.g., to match or correspond to one or more portions or areas ofthe room within or to which a user with the user device may havetraveled or moved.

Each of the plurality of image capture locations 1330 may be generatedfor presentation via a display of the user device based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame ofthe room, as well as a field of view of an imaging sensor associatedwith the user device. For example, each image capture location 1330 maybe generated with an associated size, area, radius, and/or diameterwithin the local coordinate frame. In some example embodiments, aboundary, line, circle, or other indication may be presented to indicateparticular positions of each image capture location 1330 within thelocal coordinate frame. In other example embodiments, in addition oralternatively to a boundary, line, circle, or other indication of thebounds of each image capture location 1330, based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame,imaging data from the imaging sensor presented via the display of theuser device may be overlaid with a first semi-transparent color if theuser device is not associated with an image capture location 1330, e.g.,not within the area or bounds of an image capture location 1330, and theimaging data presented via the display of the user device may beoverlaid with a second semi-transparent color if the user device isassociated with an image capture location 1330, e.g., within the area orbounds of an image capture location 1330. Further, various otherindications such as arrows, textual cues, or other visual cues orindications may be presented via the display of the user device to guidea user and user device to each image capture location 1330.

As shown in FIG. 13, an example panorama path may comprise four imagecapture locations 1330-1, 1330-2, 1330-3, 1330-4 that are eachassociated with respective corners of the room within the localcoordinate frame. In addition, each of the image capture locations 1330may have an associated size, area, or radius within which a user anduser device may be instructed to move or stand in order to capturesufficient images of all portions of the room, including the floor,walls, and ceiling.

In addition, the panorama path may comprise a plurality of image capturepaths 1332-1, 1332-2, 1332-3, 1332-4 within the room based at least inpart on dimensions or measurements of the room and/or user movementdata. For example, the image capture paths 1332 may be associated withedges, sides, and/or portions of walls within the room, and may begenerated for presentation between pairs of the image capture locations1330 within the local coordinate frame of the room. The plurality ofimage capture paths 1332 may generally connect each of the plurality ofimage capture locations 1330 in a loop or path such that a user and userdevice may traverse each of the plurality of image capture locations1330 and each of the plurality of image capture paths 1332 in order tocapture sufficient images of all portions of the room, including thefloor, walls, and ceiling. In addition, the image capture paths 1332 ofthe panorama path may be generated at least partially based on usermovement data within the room, e.g., to match or correspond to one ormore portions or areas of the room within or to which a user with theuser device may have traveled or moved.

Each of the plurality of image capture paths 1332 may be generated forpresentation via a display of the user device based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame ofthe room, as well as a field of view of an imaging sensor associatedwith the user device. For example, each image capture path 1332 may begenerated with an associated length and/or direction within the localcoordinate frame. In some example embodiments, an arrow, line, pathway,or other indication may be presented to indicate particular positionsand/or directions of each image capture path 1332 within the localcoordinate frame. In other example embodiments, in addition oralternatively to an arrow, line, pathway, or other indication of thepositions and/or directions of each image capture path 1332, based onposition and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, imaging data from the imaging sensor presented via thedisplay of the user device may be overlaid with a first semi-transparentcolor if the user device is not associated with an image capture path1332, e.g., not moving along an image capture path 1332 and/or notmoving in a defined direction, and the imaging data presented via thedisplay of the user device may be overlaid with a secondsemi-transparent color if the user device is associated with an imagecapture path 1332, e.g., moving along an image capture path 1332 and/ormoving in a defined direction. Further, various other indications suchas arrows, textual cues, or other visual cues or indications may bepresented via the display of the user device to guide a user and userdevice along each image capture path 1332.

As shown in FIG. 13, an example panorama path may comprise four imagecapture paths 1332-1, 1332-2, 1332-3, 1332-4 connecting the four imagecapture locations 1330-1, 1330-2, 1330-3, 1330-4 that are eachassociated with respective corners of the room within the localcoordinate frame. In addition, each of the image capture paths 1332 mayextend along an edge, side, or portion of a wall and may have anassociated length and/or direction by which a user and user device maybe instructed to move between image capture locations 1330 in order tocapture sufficient images of all portions of the room, including thefloor, walls, and ceiling.

Further, at each of the plurality of image capture locations 1330, adirection of sweep 1335 between a sweep starting point 1334 and a sweepending point 1336 of an imaging sensor of the user device may bedetermined for presentation via the display of the user device based atleast in part on dimensions or measurements of the room and/or usermovement data. For example, the direction of sweep 1335 andcorresponding sweep starting point 1334 and sweep ending point 1336 maybe generated for presentation at particular locations or positionswithin the local coordinate frame of the room. In addition, thedirection of sweep 1335 may comprise a sweep from left-to-right from auser viewpoint or a sweep from right-to-left from a user viewpoint.Further, depending on the dimensions or measurements of the room, aswell as characteristics associated with an imaging sensor of the userdevice, e.g., field of view, image resolution, image capture rate,imaging sensor movement rate, or other factors, a plurality ofdirections of sweep 1335 having corresponding sweep starting points 1334and sweep ending points 1336 may be determined for each image capturelocation 1330 to capture sufficient images of all portions of a room,e.g., a first direction of sweep 1335 from left-to-right with a firstangle generally towards the floor of the room, and a second direction ofsweep 1335 from right-to-left with a second angle generally towards theceiling of the room.

Each of the directions of sweep 1335 may be generated for presentationvia a display of the user device based on position and orientation dataof the user device within the local coordinate frame of the room, aswell as a field of view of an imaging sensor associated with the userdevice. For example, each direction of sweep 1335 may be generated withan associated size, length, and/or sweep angle within the localcoordinate frame. Generally, each direction of sweep 1335 may have asweep starting point 1334 generally pointed toward (and including withina field of view of an imaging sensor of the user device) a wall adjacentto a first side of the image capture location 1330, and may have a sweepending point 1336 generally pointed toward (and including within a fieldof view of an imaging sensor of the user device) a wall adjacent to asecond or opposite side of the image capture location 1330. In addition,a field of view of an imaging sensor of the user device may generallyextend across the room toward opposing walls during movement along thedirection of sweep 1335 from sweep starting point 1334 to sweep endingpoint 1336. In some example embodiments, an arrow, line, sweep pathway,or other indication may be presented to indicate a direction of sweep1335 at each image capture location 1330 within the local coordinateframe. In addition, various other indications such as arrows, textualcues, or other visual cues or indications may be presented via thedisplay of the user device to aid orientation of an imaging sensor of auser device toward a sweep starting point 1334, along a direction ofsweep 1335, and/or toward a sweep ending point 1336 at each imagecapture location 1330.

As shown in FIG. 13, an example panorama path may comprise four imagecapture locations 1330-1, 1330-2, 1330-3, 1330-4 that are eachassociated with respective sweep starting points 1334-1, 1334-2, 1334-3,1334-4, directions of sweep 1335-1, 1335-2, 1335-3, 1335-4, and sweepending points 1336-1, 1336-2, 1336-3, 1336-4 within the local coordinateframe. In addition, each of the directions of sweep 1335 may have anassociated size, length, and/or sweep angle over which a user and userdevice may be instructed to sweep in order to capture sufficient imagesof all portions of the room, including the floor, walls, and ceiling.

Moreover, the panorama path, and portions thereof, may have respectiveassociated directions or orders of traversal or sweep, in order tofacilitate substantially continuous capture of imaging data duringtraversal of the panorama path. For example, as shown in FIG. 13, a userdevice may be initially instructed to move to a first image capturelocation 1330-1, and the imaging sensor of the user device may be sweptin the direction of sweep 1335-1 from left-to-right to capture images atthe first image capture location 1330-1. Then, upon completing the sweepfrom sweep starting point 1334-1 to sweep ending point 1336-1, a secondimage capture location 1330-2 may already be substantially within afield of view of the imaging sensor of the user device. Accordingly, theuser device may be instructed to move along first image capture path1332-1 to the second image capture location 1330-2, and the imagingsensor of the user device may be swept in the direction of sweep 1335-2from left-to-right to capture images at the second image capturelocation 1330-2. Likewise, upon completing the sweep from sweep startingpoint 1334-2 to sweep ending point 1336-2, a third image capturelocation 1330-3 may already be substantially within a field of view ofthe imaging sensor of the user device, and the user device may beinstructed to move along second image capture path 1332-2 to the thirdimage capture location 1330-3, and so on. Thus, the user device may beinstructed to move sequentially to each of the image capture locations1330 via the image capture paths 1332 in a substantiallycounterclockwise direction, as illustrated in the top-down view of FIG.13, and the user device may be instructed to sweep the imaging sensorfrom left-to-right, from a user viewpoint, at each of the image capturelocations 1330.

In other example embodiments, the directions of traversal along theimage capture paths 1332 between the image capture locations 1330 andthe directions of sweep at each of the image capture locations 1330 maybe substantially reversed. For example, the user device may beinstructed to move sequentially to each of the image capture locations1330 via the image capture paths 1332 in a substantially clockwisedirection, opposite to that illustrated in the top-down view of FIG. 13,and the user device may be instructed to sweep the imaging sensor fromright-to-left, from a user viewpoint, at each of the image capturelocations 1330.

In further example embodiments, the panorama path may include variousother combinations of directions of traversal along image capture paths1332 and directions of sweep at image capture locations 1330. Forexample, if two sweeps of the imaging sensor of the user device aredesired at each image capture location 1330, the user device may beinstructed to move sequentially to each of the image capture locations1330 via the image capture paths 1332 in a substantiallycounterclockwise direction, as illustrated in the top-down view of FIG.13, and the user device may be instructed to first sweep the imagingsensor from right-to-left and then sweep the imaging sensor fromleft-to-right, from a user viewpoint, at each of the image capturelocations 1330. Further, the direction of traversal along the imagecapture paths 1332 and the directions of the two sweeps at image capturelocations 1330 may be substantially reversed. Various other combinationsof directions of traversal along image capture paths 1332 and directionsof sweep at image capture locations 1330 are also possible.

In addition, the various arrows, cues, guides, or other indicationsgenerated for presentation via the display of the user device may aid inmaintaining position and orientation tracking, upon receiving userconsent, of the user device by avoiding tracking loss. For example, auser device, such as an imaging sensor of the user device, may generallyexperience tracking loss responsive to imaging data received from theimaging sensor having too few or little features, e.g., a lack offeatures associated with a smooth, monotone wall or other surface, thatmay be identified using image processing, feature detection, and/orother algorithms or techniques. In addition, floors of rooms or spaces,e.g., hardwood floors, carpets, tiles, or other floors, may generallyinclude greater numbers of identifiable features as compared to walls ofrooms or spaces, particularly in close proximity. In other embodiments,however, walls of rooms or spaces covered with textured or patternedwallpaper, coverings, artwork, pictures, or others may includesufficient numbers of identifiable features to avoid tracking loss.Accordingly, to avoid tracking loss during traversal along image capturepaths 1332 and during orientation at image capture locations 1330, thevarious arrows, cues, guides, or other indications may be generated forpresentation at locations within the local coordinate frame in order tomaintain at least a portion of a floor (or other surfaces havingsufficient identifiable features) within a field of view of an imagingsensor of the user device. For example, the various arrows, cues,guides, or other indications may be generated for presentation atlocations within the local coordinate frame to guide a user to move,rotate, turn, sweep, and/or otherwise orient a user device in particulardirections or with particular orientations in order to maintainsufficient identifiable features within the field of view of the imagingsensor of the user device and thereby avoid tracking loss.

During traversal of the user device along the image capture paths 1332between image capture locations 1330 of the panorama path, and duringsweeps of the user device along directions of sweep 1335 at the imagecapture locations 1330 of the panorama path in the manner described,imaging data may be captured using an imaging sensor of the user device.In addition, position and orientation data from one or more position andorientation sensors of the user device may also be received and/orstored, and the position and orientation data may be associated withimaging data captured at such positions or orientations.

In example embodiments, the imaging data may be captured for laterprocessing by a photogrammetry processor to generate a photogrammetricmesh of the room. In some embodiments, photogrammetry may require thateach image of the imaging data includes at least approximately 30%overlap with at least one other image of the imaging data. In otherembodiments, photogrammetry may require that each image of the imagingdata include different percentages or amounts of overlap with at leastone other image of the imaging data, e.g., at least approximately 20%,40%, 50%, 60%, 80%, or other percentages or amounts of overlap. Forexample, a desired amount of overlap between images may be obtained byprocessing to determine an actual amount of overlap between images,adjusting a frame rate of an imaging sensor, providing guidance or cuesrelated to a rate of movement of an imaging sensor, and/or providingguidance or cues related to capture of additional or supplementalimaging data. Further, the required amount of image overlap forphotogrammetry meshes of rooms may depend on various factors, such asroom dimensions, fields of view, image resolutions, image capture rates,imaging sensor movement rates, or other factors.

For example, the image capture rate of the imaging sensor of the userdevice may be determined or tuned to provide the required amount ofimage overlap between images for photogrammetry. In some exampleembodiments, the image capture rate may be a first defined capture rateduring traversal along image capture paths 1332, and the image capturerate may be a second defined capture rate that is higher (oralternatively, the same or lower) than the first defined capture rateduring sweeps of the imaging sensor at image capture locations 1330.This may ensure that sufficient details within and numbers of images arecaptured during both traversal along image capture paths 1332 and duringsweeps at image capture locations 1330 when corners of rooms maygenerally be within the field of view of the imaging sensor and whenportions of rooms, e.g., corners, may be swept across relatively morequickly than other portions of rooms, e.g., straight or flat walls. Insome example embodiments, the image capture rate during sweeps at imagecapture locations 1330 may be determined such that at least one image iscaptured responsive to approximately every five to ten degrees of changein sweep angle of the imaging sensor of the user device, based onposition and orientation data of the user device.

Furthermore, although it may be generally understood that imaging datacaptured during panoramic sweeps by an imaging sensor from a singlelocation may generally provide insufficient imaging data for generationof photogrammetric meshes of rooms using various photogrammetryprocessors, according to the present disclosure, the combination ofmultiple sets of imaging data captured by at least partially overlappingpanoramic sweeps by an imaging sensor from multiple locations within aroom may provide sufficient imaging data for generation ofphotogrammetric meshes of rooms. Further, the addition of position andorientation data received from one or more position and orientationsensors of a user device during capture of the imaging data, in whichrespective position and orientation data of the user device at the timeof capture is associated with individual images, may further enablegeneration of photogrammetric meshes of rooms using imaging datacaptured by at least partially overlapping panoramic sweeps. Moreover,the further addition of imaging data captured during traversals (as wellas similar position and orientation data received from one or moreposition and orientation sensors of a user device during capture of theimaging data during traversals) between the multiple locationsassociated with the imaging data captured by the at least partiallyoverlapping panoramic sweeps may still further enable generation ofphotogrammetric meshes of rooms using imaging data captured by at leastpartially overlapping panoramic sweeps.

Further, various pre-processing techniques may be implemented in orderto determine the quality and/or sufficiency of imaging data forphotogrammetry, such as image processing, feature detection, and/orother algorithms or techniques. Accordingly, during or shortly aftercapture of imaging data during traversal of a panorama path using a userdevice, the imaging data may be pre-processed to determine whetheradditional imaging data should be captured to meet the generalrequirements of various photogrammetry processors.

Furthermore, although the image capture locations 1330 and image capturepaths 1332 of the panorama paths are described herein as including somedirection or order of traversal, in other example embodiments, thepanorama paths may not comprise any pathways having a direction ororder. Instead, the panorama paths may comprise a plurality of imagecapture locations 1330 at which imaging data may be captured of a roomor space, and a user and user device may traverse among the plurality ofimage capture locations 1330 in any desired direction or order,including at random without any defined or particular direction ororder.

Moreover, during any of the various operations or processes describedherein with respect to capturing images of a room or space usingpanorama paths, dimensions or measurements of the room or space may alsobe detected or determined, along with position and orientation data ofthe user device at the time of such determinations, and the determineddimensions or measurements and position and orientation data may be usedas additional inputs to further refine the determined dimensions ormeasurements to generate a geometric shell of the room or space, asfurther described herein.

FIGS. 14A-14Q are example user interface screens illustrating steps ofan example image capture process using panorama paths with augmentedreality guidance, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

As described herein with respect to FIGS. 14A-14Q, upon receiving userconsent, a user device may generate and/or present, via a display,various visual guides to facilitate an image capture process based ondimensions or measurements of a room or space, movement data within theroom or space, and/or position and orientation data of the user device.In addition, the various visual guides may be presented, via a display,as overlaying a field of view of an imaging sensor and may be presented,via a display, at determined locations within the field of view based onposition and orientation data of the user device.

FIG. 14A illustrates an example user interface screen related toinitiating the image capture process using panorama paths, uponreceiving user consent. For example, the example user interface screenmay include an indication 1402 related to initiating the image captureprocess using panorama paths, and may also include a confirmation userinterface element 1404. User input may be received via the confirmationuser interface element 1404 to initiate the image capture process usingpanorama paths, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 14B illustrates an example user interface screen related tobeginning the image capture process using panorama paths, upon receivinguser consent. For example, the example user interface screen may includean arrow 1406 and a textual cue 1408 related to moving to an imagecapture location associated with the panorama path and defined withinthe local coordinate frame of the room. In some embodiments, an imagecapture location within the room at which to begin the image captureprocess may be defined or determined during the panorama path generationprocess. In other embodiments, an image capture location within the roomat which to begin the image capture process may be selected based onposition and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame of the room, e.g., an image capture location closest toa current position and orientation of the user device may be selected tobegin the image capture process. In addition, imaging data captured viaan imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a display ofthe user device.

Further, the arrow 1406 and the textual cue 1408 may be presented viathe display of the user device to guide the user to move the user devicetoward the image capture location that is generated for presentation ata particular location within the local coordinate frame. For example,the arrow 1406 may be generated, presented, and updated to point in aparticular direction, e.g., toward the image capture location, based onposition and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, and the particular location or position of the imagecapture location within the local coordinate frame. Further, the textualcue 1408 may be generated, presented, and updated to follow or remainadjacent to the presented arrow 1406. Moreover, the arrow 1406 and thetextual cue 1408 may be presented generally closer to the floor of theroom (or other surface having identifiable features) in order to avoidtracking loss by the imaging sensor of the user device.

During such movement of the user device toward an image capturelocation, position and orientation data of the user device within thelocal coordinate frame may be tracked, upon receiving user consent, inorder to determine whether the user device has moved toward the definedor selected image capture location within the room. Further, based onthe position and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, the imaging data presented via the display of the userdevice may be overlaid with a first semi-transparent color if the userdevice is not determined to be within the selected image capturelocation of the room, e.g., not within the bounds of an image capturelocation, or not within a threshold distance of an image capturelocation, as shown in FIG. 14B, and the imaging data presented via thedisplay of the user device may be overlaid with a secondsemi-transparent color if the user device is determined to be within theselected image capture location of the room, e.g., within the bounds ofan image capture location, or within a threshold distance of an imagecapture location.

FIG. 14C illustrates another example user interface screen related tobeginning the image capture process using panorama paths, upon receivinguser consent. For example, the example user interface screen may includethe textual cue 1408 related to moving to an image capture locationassociated with the panorama path and defined within the localcoordinate frame of the room. In some embodiments, an image capturelocation within the room at which to begin the image capture process maybe defined or determined during the panorama path generation process. Inother embodiments, an image capture location within the room at which tobegin the image capture process may be selected based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame ofthe room, e.g., an image capture location closest to a current positionand orientation of the user device may be selected to begin the imagecapture process. In addition, imaging data captured via an imagingsensor of the user device may be presented via a display of the userdevice.

Further, the textual cue 1408 may be presented via the display of theuser device to guide the user to move the user device toward the imagecapture location that is generated for presentation at a particularlocation within the local coordinate frame. In comparison with FIG. 14B,only the textual cue 1408 may be presented via the display of the userdevice if at least a portion of the image capture location is within afield of view of an imaging sensor of the user device, as illustrated inFIG. 14C. For example, the textual cue 1408 may be generated, presented,and updated via the display of the user device substantially close to orwithin the bounds of the image capture location to guide the user anduser device thereto, based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame, the particular location orposition of the image capture location within the local coordinateframe, and a field of view of the imaging sensor of the user device.Moreover, the textual cue 1408 may be presented generally closer to thefloor of the room (or other surface having identifiable features) inorder to avoid tracking loss by the imaging sensor of the user device.

During such movement of the user device toward an image capturelocation, position and orientation data of the user device within thelocal coordinate frame may be tracked, upon receiving user consent, inorder to determine whether the user device has moved toward the definedor selected image capture location within the room. Further, based onthe position and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, the imaging data presented via the display of the userdevice may be overlaid with a first semi-transparent color if the userdevice is not determined to be within the selected image capturelocation of the room, e.g., not within the bounds of an image capturelocation, or not within a threshold distance of an image capturelocation, as shown in FIG. 14C, and the imaging data presented via thedisplay of the user device may be overlaid with a secondsemi-transparent color if the user device is determined to be within theselected image capture location of the room, e.g., within the bounds ofan image capture location, or within a threshold distance of an imagecapture location.

FIG. 14D illustrates a further example user interface screen related tobeginning the image capture process using panorama paths, upon receivinguser consent. For example, the example user interface screen may includethe textual cue 1408 related to moving to an image capture locationassociated with the panorama path and defined within the localcoordinate frame of the room. In some embodiments, an image capturelocation within the room at which to begin the image capture process maybe defined or determined during the panorama path generation process. Inother embodiments, an image capture location within the room at which tobegin the image capture process may be selected based on position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame ofthe room, e.g., an image capture location closest to a current positionand orientation of the user device may be selected to begin the imagecapture process. In addition, imaging data captured via an imagingsensor of the user device may be presented via a display of the userdevice.

Further, the textual cue 1408 may be presented via the display of theuser device to guide the user to move the user device toward the imagecapture location that is generated for presentation at a particularlocation within the local coordinate frame. In comparison with FIG. 14B,only the textual cue 1408 may be presented via the display of the userdevice if at least a portion of the image capture location is within afield of view of an imaging sensor of the user device, as illustrated inFIG. 14D. For example, the textual cue 1408 may be generated, presented,and updated via the display of the user device substantially close to orwithin the bounds of the image capture location to guide the user anduser device thereto, based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame, the particular location orposition of the image capture location within the local coordinateframe, and a field of view of the imaging sensor of the user device.Moreover, the textual cue 1408 may be generated, presented, and/orupdated generally further closer to the floor of the room (or othersurface having identifiable features), particularly when the user deviceis within proximity to a corner of the room, in order to avoid trackingloss by the imaging sensor of the user device.

During such movement of the user device toward an image capturelocation, position and orientation data of the user device within thelocal coordinate frame may be tracked, upon receiving user consent, inorder to determine whether the user device has moved toward the definedor selected image capture location within the room. Further, based onthe position and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, the imaging data presented via the display of the userdevice may be overlaid with a first semi-transparent color if the userdevice is not determined to be within the selected image capturelocation of the room, e.g., not within the bounds of an image capturelocation, or not within a threshold distance of an image capturelocation, and the imaging data presented via the display of the userdevice may be overlaid with a second semi-transparent color if the userdevice is determined to be within the selected image capture location ofthe room, e.g., within the bounds of an image capture location, orwithin a threshold distance of an image capture location, as shown inFIG. 14D.

FIG. 14E illustrates an example user interface screen related to furtherbeginning the image capture process using panorama paths, upon receivinguser consent. For example, the example user interface screen may includean arrow 1410 and a textual cue 1412 related to orienting a field ofview of an imaging sensor of the user device at an image capturelocation associated with the panorama path and defined within the localcoordinate frame of the room. As described herein, a sweep startingpoint, a direction of sweep, and a sweep ending point may be defined andassociated with the image capture location. Thus, the arrow 1410 and thetextual cue 1412 may guide the user to orient a field of view of theimaging sensor of the user device toward a sweep starting point tocapture images at the image capture location, upon receiving userconsent. In addition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of theuser device may be presented via a display of the user device.

Further, the arrow 1410 and the textual cue 1412 may be presented viathe display of the user device to guide the user to orient a field ofview of the imaging sensor of the user device toward the sweep startingpoint that is generated for presentation at a particular location withinthe local coordinate frame. For example, the arrow 1410 may begenerated, presented, and updated to point in a particular direction,e.g., toward the sweep starting point at the image capture location,based on position and orientation data of the user device within thelocal coordinate frame, and the particular location or position of thesweep starting point at the image capture location within the localcoordinate frame. Further, the textual cue 1412 may be generated,presented, and updated to follow or remain adjacent to the presentedarrow 1410. Moreover, the arrow 1410 and the textual cue 1412 may bepresented generally closer to the floor of the room (or other surfacehaving identifiable features) in order to avoid tracking loss by theimaging sensor of the user device.

FIG. 14F illustrates another example user interface screen related tofurther beginning the image capture process using panorama paths, uponreceiving user consent. For example, the example user interface screenmay include the arrow 1410 and the textual cue 1412 related to orientinga field of view of an imaging sensor of the user device at an imagecapture location associated with the panorama path and defined withinthe local coordinate frame of the room. As described herein, a sweepstarting point, a direction of sweep, and a sweep ending point may bedefined and associated with the image capture location. Thus, the arrow1410 and the textual cue 1412 may guide the user to orient a field ofview of the imaging sensor of the user device toward a sweep startingpoint to capture images at the image capture location, upon receivinguser consent. In addition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensorof the user device may be presented via a display of the user device.

Further, the arrow 1410 and the textual cue 1412 may be presented viathe display of the user device to guide the user to orient a field ofview of the imaging sensor of the user device toward the sweep startingpoint that is generated for presentation at a particular location withinthe local coordinate frame. For example, the arrow 1410 may begenerated, presented, and updated to point in a particular direction,e.g., toward the sweep starting point at the image capture location,based on position and orientation data of the user device within thelocal coordinate frame, and the particular location or position of thesweep starting point at the image capture location within the localcoordinate frame. Further, the textual cue 1412 may be generated,presented, and updated to follow or remain adjacent to the presentedarrow 1410. Moreover, the arrow 1410 and textual cue 1412 may begenerated, presented, and/or updated generally closer to the floor ofthe room (or other surface having identifiable features) and may guide auser device to be moved and/or rotated generally away from walls (orother surfaces lacking sufficient identifiable features), particularlywhen the user device is within proximity to a corner of the room, inorder to avoid tracking loss by the imaging sensor of the user device.

FIG. 14G illustrates a further example user interface screen related tofurther beginning the image capture process using panorama paths, uponreceiving user consent. For example, the example user interface screenmay include the arrow 1410 and the textual cue 1412 related to orientinga field of view of an imaging sensor of the user device at an imagecapture location associated with the panorama path and defined withinthe local coordinate frame of the room. As described herein, a sweepstarting point, a direction of sweep, and a sweep ending point may bedefined and associated with the image capture location. Thus, the arrow1410 and the textual cue 1412 may guide the user to orient a field ofview of the imaging sensor of the user device toward a sweep startingpoint to capture images at the image capture location, upon receivinguser consent. In addition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensorof the user device may be presented via a display of the user device.

Further, the arrow 1410 and the textual cue 1412 may be presented viathe display of the user device to guide the user to orient a field ofview of the imaging sensor of the user device toward the sweep startingpoint that is generated for presentation at a particular location withinthe local coordinate frame. For example, the arrow 1410 may begenerated, presented, and updated to point to the sweep starting pointwithin a field of view of the imaging sensor, e.g., pointing downwardtoward the sweep starting point at the image capture location, based onposition and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, and the particular location or position of the sweepstarting point at the image capture location within the local coordinateframe. Further, the textual cue 1412 may be generated, presented, andupdated to follow or remain adjacent to the presented arrow 1410.Moreover, the arrow 1410 and textual cue 1412 may be generated,presented, and/or updated generally to maintain surfaces havingidentifiable features within the field of view and may guide a userdevice to be moved and/or rotated generally away from walls (or othersurfaces lacking sufficient identifiable features), particularly whenthe user device is within proximity to a corner of the room, in order toavoid tracking loss by the imaging sensor of the user device.

During such orientation of the field of view of the imaging sensor ofthe user device toward a sweep starting point at an image capturelocation, position and orientation data of the user device within thelocal coordinate frame may be tracked, upon receiving user consent, inorder to determine whether the user device has been oriented toward thesweep starting point at the image capture location.

FIG. 14H illustrates an example user interface screen related tosweeping a field of view of an imaging sensor of the user device at theimage capture location within the local coordinate frame of the room,upon receiving user consent. For example, the example user interfacescreen may include an indication related to sweeping the field of viewof the imaging sensor from a sweep starting point to a sweep endingpoint along a direction of sweep. The indication may comprise a textualcue 1414, an image capture progress bar or block 1416, and an arrow1418. In addition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of theuser device may be presented via a display of the user device. Further,position and orientation data of the user device may be received,tracked, and/or stored, upon receiving user consent, via position andorientation sensors of the user device during sweep of the user deviceat the image capture location.

During sweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor, the arrow 1418may be generated to present a direction of sweep, e.g., left-to-right,as shown in FIG. 14H. In addition, the image capture progress bar orblock 1416 may be generated, presented, and updated to indicate progressof image capture during the sweep of the user device at the imagecapture location, upon receiving user consent. Further, the imagecapture progress bar or block 1416 and/or the arrow 1418 may bepresented with a first size, shape, orientation, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic during successful sweepof the field of view of the imaging sensor and corresponding capture ofimaging data, e.g., vertical angle or orientation, sweep rate, sweepmovement, and/or other aspects of the sweep movement are withinacceptable thresholds or ranges, and the image capture progress bar orblock 1416 and/or the arrow 1418 may be presented with a second size,shape, orientation, thickness, color, transparency, and/or other visualcharacteristic during unsuccessful sweep of the field of view of theimaging sensor and corresponding capture of imaging data, e.g., verticalangle or orientation, sweep rate, sweep movement, and/or other aspectsof the sweep movement are outside acceptable thresholds or ranges. Asdescribed herein, the imaging data captured during such sweeps at imagecapture locations may be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/orused to generate a three-dimensional model of the room.

FIG. 14I illustrates another example user interface screen related tocontinuing sweep of a field of view of an imaging sensor of the userdevice at the image capture location within the local coordinate frameof the room, upon receiving user consent. For example, the example userinterface screen may include an indication related to continuing sweepof the field of view of the imaging sensor from a sweep starting pointto a sweep ending point along a direction of sweep. The indication maycomprise a textual cue 1414, an image capture progress bar or block1416, and an arrow 1418. In addition, imaging data captured via animaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a display of theuser device. Further, position and orientation data of the user devicemay be received, tracked, and/or stored, upon receiving user consent,via position and orientation sensors of the user device during sweep ofthe user device at the image capture location.

During continuing sweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor, thearrow 1418 may be generated and updated to present a direction of sweep,e.g., left-to-right, as shown in FIG. 14I. For example, the arrow 1418may be presented as moving across the display of the user device duringsweep of the user device to indicate progress. In addition, the imagecapture progress bar or block 1416 may be generated, presented, andupdated to indicate progress of image capture during the sweep of theuser device at the image capture location. For example, as shown in FIG.14I, one or more thumbnail images 1420-1 or other indicators of progressof image capture during the sweep of the user device may be generatedand presented within the image capture progress bar or block 1416. Asdescribed herein, the imaging data captured during such sweeps at imagecapture locations may be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/orused to generate a three-dimensional model of the room.

Further, the image capture progress bar or block 1416 and/or the arrow1418 may be presented with a first size, shape, orientation, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic duringsuccessful sweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor andcorresponding capture of imaging data, e.g., vertical angle ororientation, sweep rate, sweep movement, and/or other aspects of thesweep movement are within acceptable thresholds or ranges, and the imagecapture progress bar or block 1416 and/or the arrow 1418 may bepresented with a second size, shape, orientation, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic during unsuccessfulsweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor and correspondingcapture of imaging data, e.g., vertical angle or orientation, sweeprate, sweep movement, and/or other aspects of the sweep movement areoutside acceptable thresholds or ranges.

FIG. 14J illustrates a further example user interface screen related tofurther continuing sweep of a field of view of an imaging sensor of theuser device at the image capture location within the local coordinateframe of the room, upon receiving user consent. For example, the exampleuser interface screen may include an indication related to furthercontinuing sweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor from a sweepstarting point to a sweep ending point along a direction of sweep. Theindication may comprise a textual cue 1414, an image capture progressbar or block 1416, and an arrow 1418. In addition, imaging data capturedvia an imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via a displayof the user device. Further, position and orientation data of the userdevice may be received, tracked, and/or stored, upon receiving userconsent, via position and orientation sensors of the user device duringsweep of the user device at the image capture location.

During further continuing sweep of the field of view of the imagingsensor, the arrow 1418 may be generated and updated to present adirection of sweep, e.g., left-to-right, as shown in FIG. 14J. Forexample, the arrow 1418 may be presented as continuing to move acrossthe display of the user device during sweep of the user device toindicate further progress. In addition, the image capture progress baror block 1416 may be generated, presented, and updated to indicatefurther progress of image capture during the sweep of the user device atthe image capture location. For example, as shown in FIG. 14J, two ormore thumbnail images 1420-1, 1420-2 or other indicators of furtherprogress of image capture during the sweep of the user device may begenerated and presented within the image capture progress bar or block1416. As described herein, the imaging data captured during such sweepsat image capture locations may be processed by a photogrammetryprocessor and/or used to generate a three-dimensional model of the room.

Further, the image capture progress bar or block 1416 and/or the arrow1418 may be presented with a first size, shape, orientation, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic duringsuccessful sweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor andcorresponding capture of imaging data, e.g., vertical angle ororientation, sweep rate, sweep movement, and/or other aspects of thesweep movement are within acceptable thresholds or ranges, and the imagecapture progress bar or block 1416 and/or the arrow 1418 may bepresented with a second size, shape, orientation, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic during unsuccessfulsweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor and correspondingcapture of imaging data, e.g., vertical angle or orientation, sweeprate, sweep movement, and/or other aspects of the sweep movement areoutside acceptable thresholds or ranges. For example, as shown in FIG.14J, the arrow 1418 may be generated or updated for presentation with asecond orientation angled downward and a second color, e.g., red orother color, to indicate that the vertical angle or orientation of theimaging sensor during sweep has moved outside an acceptable threshold orrange, e.g., the field of view of the imaging sensor of the user devicemay be angled too high within the local coordinate frame toward aceiling of the room.

In addition or alternatively, a text box or textual cue may also begenerated and presented to indicate that the vertical angle ororientation, sweep rate, sweep movement, and/or other aspects of thesweep movement of the imaging sensor during sweep has moved outside anacceptable threshold or range. Further, responsive to moving the imagingsensor outside an acceptable threshold or range of movement duringsweep, the presentation via the display of the user device may revertback to example user interfaces screens, such as FIG. 14F, 14G, 14H, orsimilar, in order to re-orient the user device to restart the imagecapture process of the user device from the sweep starting point at theimage capture location.

FIG. 14K illustrates a still further example user interface screenrelated to further continuing sweep of a field of view of an imagingsensor of the user device at the image capture location within the localcoordinate frame of the room, upon receiving user consent. For example,the example user interface screen may include an indication related tofurther continuing sweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor froma sweep starting point to a sweep ending point along a direction ofsweep. The indication may comprise a textual cue 1414, an image captureprogress bar or block 1416, and an arrow 1418. In addition, imaging datacaptured via an imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via adisplay of the user device. Further, position and orientation data ofthe user device may be received, tracked, and/or stored, upon receivinguser consent, via position and orientation sensors of the user deviceduring sweep of the user device at the image capture location.

During still further continuing sweep of the field of view of theimaging sensor, the arrow 1418 may be generated and updated to present adirection of sweep, e.g., left-to-right, as shown in FIG. 14K. Forexample, the arrow 1418 may be presented as continuing to move acrossthe display of the user device during sweep of the user device toindicate still further progress. In addition, the image capture progressbar or block 1416 may be generated, presented, and updated to indicatestill further progress of image capture during the sweep of the userdevice at the image capture location. For example, as shown in FIG. 14K,five or more thumbnail images 1420-1 . . . 1420-5 or other indicators ofstill further progress of image capture during the sweep of the userdevice may be generated and presented within the image capture progressbar or block 1416. As described herein, the imaging data captured duringsuch sweeps at image capture locations may be processed by aphotogrammetry processor and/or used to generate a three-dimensionalmodel of the room.

Further, the image capture progress bar or block 1416 and/or the arrow1418 may be presented with a first size, shape, orientation, thickness,color, transparency, and/or other visual characteristic duringsuccessful sweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor andcorresponding capture of imaging data, e.g., vertical angle ororientation, sweep rate, sweep movement, and/or other aspects of thesweep movement are within acceptable thresholds or ranges, and the imagecapture progress bar or block 1416 and/or the arrow 1418 may bepresented with a second size, shape, orientation, thickness, color,transparency, and/or other visual characteristic during unsuccessfulsweep of the field of view of the imaging sensor and correspondingcapture of imaging data, e.g., vertical angle or orientation, sweeprate, sweep movement, and/or other aspects of the sweep movement areoutside acceptable thresholds or ranges.

FIG. 14L illustrates an example user interface screen related tocontinuing the image capture process at additional image capturelocations of the panorama path, upon receiving user consent. Forexample, the example user interface screen may include an indication1422 related to continuing the image capture process at additional imagecapture locations of the panorama path, and may also include aconfirmation user interface element 1424. User input may be received viathe confirmation user interface element 1424 to continue the imagecapture process using at additional image capture locations of thepanorama path, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input. Inaddition, imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user devicemay be presented via a display of the user device.

FIG. 14M illustrates an example user interface screen related tocontinuing the image capture process at an additional (or second) imagecapture location of the panorama path, upon receiving user consent. Forexample, the example user interface screen may include a textual cue1408 (and possibly an arrow, as described herein) related to moving toan additional image capture location associated with the panorama pathand defined within the local coordinate frame of the room. In someembodiments, an additional image capture location within the room atwhich to continue the image capture process may be defined or determinedaccording to a direction or order of traversal during the panorama pathgeneration process. Further, the direction or order of traversal may bedefined such that an additional image capture location at which tocontinue the image capture process may generally be within a field ofview of the imaging sensor upon completion of an image capture sweep atan immediately prior image capture location. In addition, imaging datacaptured via an imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via adisplay of the user device.

Further, the textual cue 1408 may be presented via the display of theuser device to guide the user to move the user device toward theadditional image capture location that is generated for presentation ata particular location within the local coordinate frame. For example,the textual cue 1408 may be generated, presented, and updated at aparticular location or position associated with the additional imagecapture location, based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame, and the particular location orposition of the additional image capture location within the localcoordinate frame. Moreover, the textual cue 1408 may be presentedgenerally closer to the floor of the room (or other surface havingidentifiable features) in order to avoid tracking loss by the imagingsensor of the user device.

In addition, the example user interface screen may also include apanorama path traversal progress indicator 1426, which may be generatedto present indications related to the number of image capture locationsof the panorama path, and to present indications related to progress oftraversal and image capture at each of the image capture locations ofthe panorama path. As shown in FIG. 14M, image capture may be completedat one image capture location, and three additional image capturelocations of the panorama path may remain to be completed, uponreceiving user consent.

With respect to the additional (or second) image capture locationdescribed with respect to FIG. 14M, the various steps, processes, andoperations described herein with respect to FIGS. 14B-14L may besubstantially repeated in order to traverse to the additional imagecapture location, orient a field of view of an imaging sensor of theuser device at the additional image capture location, and sweep thefield of view of the imaging sensor at the additional image capturelocation to capture imaging data, upon receiving user consent, whichimaging data may be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/or usedto generate a three-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

FIG. 14N illustrates an example user interface screen related to furthercontinuing the image capture process at an additional (or third) imagecapture location of the panorama path, upon receiving user consent. Forexample, the example user interface screen may include a textual cue1408 (and possibly an arrow, as described herein) related to moving toan additional image capture location associated with the panorama pathand defined within the local coordinate frame of the room. In someembodiments, an additional image capture location within the room atwhich to continue the image capture process may be defined or determinedaccording to a direction or order of traversal during the panorama pathgeneration process. Further, the direction or order of traversal may bedefined such that an additional image capture location at which tocontinue the image capture process may generally be within a field ofview of the imaging sensor upon completion of an image capture sweep atan immediately prior image capture location. In addition, imaging datacaptured via an imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via adisplay of the user device.

Further, the textual cue 1408 may be presented via the display of theuser device to guide the user to move the user device toward theadditional image capture location that is generated for presentation ata particular location within the local coordinate frame. For example,the textual cue 1408 may be generated, presented, and updated at aparticular location or position associated with the additional imagecapture location, based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame, and the particular location orposition of the additional image capture location within the localcoordinate frame. Moreover, the textual cue 1408 may be presentedgenerally closer to the floor of the room (or other surface havingidentifiable features) in order to avoid tracking loss by the imagingsensor of the user device.

In addition, the example user interface screen may also include apanorama path traversal progress indicator 1426, which may be generatedand updated to present indications related to the number of imagecapture locations of the panorama path, and to present indicationsrelated to progress of traversal and image capture at each of the imagecapture locations of the panorama path. As shown in FIG. 14N, imagecapture may be completed at two image capture locations, and twoadditional image capture locations of the panorama path may remain to becompleted, upon receiving user consent.

With respect to the additional (or third) image capture locationdescribed with respect to FIG. 14N, the various steps, processes, andoperations described herein with respect to FIGS. 14B-14L may besubstantially repeated in order to traverse to the additional imagecapture location, orient a field of view of an imaging sensor of theuser device at the additional image capture location, and sweep thefield of view of the imaging sensor at the additional image capturelocation to capture imaging data, upon receiving user consent, whichimaging data may be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/or usedto generate a three-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

FIG. 14O illustrates an example user interface screen related to stillfurther continuing the image capture process at an additional (orfourth) image capture location of the panorama path, upon receiving userconsent. For example, the example user interface screen may include atextual cue 1408 (and possibly an arrow, as described herein) related tomoving to an additional image capture location associated with thepanorama path and defined within the local coordinate frame of the room.In some embodiments, an additional image capture location within theroom at which to continue the image capture process may be defined ordetermined according to a direction or order of traversal during thepanorama path generation process. Further, the direction or order oftraversal may be defined such that an additional image capture locationat which to continue the image capture process may generally be within afield of view of the imaging sensor upon completion of an image capturesweep at an immediately prior image capture location. In addition,imaging data captured via an imaging sensor of the user device may bepresented via a display of the user device.

Further, the textual cue 1408 may be presented via the display of theuser device to guide the user to move the user device toward theadditional image capture location that is generated for presentation ata particular location within the local coordinate frame. For example,the textual cue 1408 may be generated, presented, and updated at aparticular location or position associated with the additional imagecapture location, based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame, and the particular location orposition of the additional image capture location within the localcoordinate frame. Moreover, the textual cue 1408 may be presentedgenerally closer to the floor of the room (or other surface havingidentifiable features) in order to avoid tracking loss by the imagingsensor of the user device.

In addition, the example user interface screen may also include apanorama path traversal progress indicator 1426, which may be generatedand updated to present indications related to the number of imagecapture locations of the panorama path, and to present indicationsrelated to progress of traversal and image capture at each of the imagecapture locations of the panorama path. As shown in FIG. 14O, imagecapture may be completed at three image capture locations, and oneadditional image capture location of the panorama path may remain to becompleted, upon receiving user consent.

With respect to the additional (or fourth) image capture locationdescribed with respect to FIG. 14O, the various steps, processes, andoperations described herein with respect to FIGS. 14B-14L may besubstantially repeated in order to traverse to the additional imagecapture location, orient a field of view of an imaging sensor of theuser device at the additional image capture location, and sweep thefield of view of the imaging sensor at the additional image capturelocation to capture imaging data, upon receiving user consent, whichimaging data may be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/or usedto generate a three-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

FIG. 14P illustrates an example user interface screen related tocompleting the image capture process at all image capture locations ofthe panorama path, upon receiving user consent. For example, the exampleuser interface screen may include an indication 1428 related tocompleting the image capture process at all image capture locations ofthe panorama path, and may also include a confirmation user interfaceelement 1430. User input may be received via the confirmation userinterface element 1430 to indicate completion of the image captureprocess at all image capture locations of the panorama path, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input. In addition, imaging datacaptured via an imaging sensor of the user device may be presented via adisplay of the user device.

FIG. 14Q illustrates an example user interface screen related tocompletion of panorama path traversal and image capture process withinthe room or space, upon receiving user consent. For example, the exampleuser interface screen may include an indication 1432 related tocompletion of the panorama path traversal and image capture processwithin the room and generation of a three-dimensional model of the room.Further, the example user interface screen may also include aconfirmation user interface element 1434 to indicate confirmation ofcompletion of the panorama path traversal and image capture processwithin the room. User input may be received via the confirmation userinterface element 1434 to indicate confirmation of completion of thepanorama path traversal and image capture process, e.g., via atouchscreen, stylus, or other user input.

FIG. 15A is a flow diagram illustrating an example image capture processusing panorama paths 1500, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 1500 may begin with the panorama path generation process, asat 1502. As described at least with respect to FIG. 15B, the panoramapath generation process may comprise receiving room dimensions andmeasurements, receiving movement data for a user device, generating oneor more image capture locations and image capture paths to be presentedand traversed as part of the panorama path based on the room dimensionsand measurements and/or the movement data, and generating an order ordirection of traversal among the one or more image capture locations andgenerating an order or direction of sweep of an imaging sensor at theone or more image capture locations.

The process 1500 may proceed with instructing position and orientationof the user device at a first location of the panorama path, as at 1514.For example, the user device may be guided to a first image capturelocation of a panorama path via various indications presented via adisplay of the user device, such as arrows, textual cues, visual guides,or other indications, based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame of the room, and positioninformation associated with the first image capture location within thelocal coordinate frame of the room.

The process 1500 may continue with capturing images using an imagingsensor of the user device during movement to the first location, as at1516. For example, during movement or traversal along an image capturepath toward the first image capture location, imaging data may becaptured, upon receiving user consent, via the imaging sensor of theuser device, as well as position and orientation data of the user deviceduring such movement or traversal, which imaging data may be processedby a photogrammetry processor and/or used to generate athree-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

The process 1500 may proceed by determining whether the user device ispositioned and oriented at the first location of the panorama path, asat 1518. For example, a current position and orientation of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame as detected by one or moreposition and orientation sensors of the user device may be compared withposition information associated with the first image capture locationwithin the local coordinate frame of the room in order to determinewhether the user device is within the bounds of, or within a thresholddistance of, the first image capture location. If it is determined thatthe user device is not positioned or oriented at the first image capturelocation, then the process 1500 may return to step 1516 and continue tocapture images using an imaging sensor of the user device duringmovement to the first location.

If, however, it is determined that the user device is positioned andoriented at the first image capture location, then the process 1500 maycontinue by instructing position and orientation of the user device forimage capture at the first location of the panorama path, as at 1520.For example, a field of view of the imaging sensor of the user devicemay be guided to a sweep starting point that is generated and presentedto initiate image capture at the first image capture location of apanorama path via various indications presented via a display of theuser device, such as arrows, textual cues, visual guides, or otherindications, based on position and orientation data of the user devicewithin the local coordinate frame of the room, and position informationassociated with the sweep starting point at the first image capturelocation within the local coordinate frame of the room.

The process 1500 may proceed to capture images using an imaging sensorof the user device at the first location of the panorama path, as at1522. For example, movement, orientation, or sweep of the field of viewof the imaging sensor of the user device may be guided in a direction ofsweep from a sweep starting point to a sweep ending point that aregenerated and presented to facilitate image capture at the first imagecapture location of a panorama path via various indications presentedvia a display of the user device, such as arrows, textual cues, visualguides, progress bars, blocks, or indicators, or other indications,based on position and orientation data of the user device within thelocal coordinate frame of the room, and position information associatedwith the sweep starting point, direction of sweep, and sweep endingpoint at the first image capture location within the local coordinateframe of the room. In addition, during movement, orientation, or sweepof a field of view of the imaging sensor of the user device in adirection of sweep from a sweep starting point to a sweep ending pointpresented at the first image capture location, imaging data may becaptured, upon receiving user consent, via the imaging sensor of theuser device, as well as position and orientation data of the user deviceduring such movement, orientation, or sweep, which imaging data may beprocessed by a photogrammetry processor and/or used to generate athree-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

The process 1500 may then continue to determine whether the orientationof the user device is within an acceptable range at the first location,as at 1524. For example, position and orientation data of the userdevice may be received during sweep of the user device, and aspects suchas vertical angle or orientation, sweep rate, sweep movement, and/orother aspects of the sweep movement may be determined and compared withacceptable ranges or thresholds.

If it is determined that the orientation or other aspects of the userdevice is not within an acceptable range or threshold, the process 1500may proceed with stopping the capture of images using the imaging sensorof the user device, as at 1526. Then, the process 1500 may return tostep 1520 to instruct position and orientation of the user device forimage capture at the first location of the panorama path.

If, however, it is determined that the orientation or other aspects ofthe user device are within an acceptable range or threshold, the process1500 may continue with determining whether capture of images at thefirst location is complete, as at 1528. For example, if the user devicehas completed the movement or sweep from the sweep starting point to thesweep ending point in the direction of sweep at the first image capturelocation, and successfully captured imaging data during such movement orsweep, then the capture of images at the first location may be complete.However, in some embodiments, multiple sweeps may be associated with asingle image capture location, and such multiple sweeps may beinstructed at the image capture location until all of the multiplesweeps have been completed, upon receiving user consent.

If it is determined that capture of images at the first location is notcomplete, then the process 1500 may return to step 1522 to continuecapturing images using an imaging sensor of the user device at the firstlocation of the panorama path. If, however, it is determined thatcapture of images at the first location is complete, then the process1500 may proceed by determining whether there is an additional locationof the panorama path at which to capture images, as at 1530. Forexample, the traversal, sweep, and image capture processes andoperations described herein with respect to the first image capturelocation may be substantially repeated at one or more additional imagecapture locations of the panorama path, upon receiving user consent. Ifit is determined that there are no additional locations of the panoramapath at which to capture images, then the process 1500 may proceed tostep 1550, and may end.

If, however, it is determined that there is an additional location ofthe panorama path at which to capture images, then the process 1500 maycontinue by instructing position and orientation of the user device atan additional location of the panorama path, as at 1532. For example,the user device may be guided to an additional image capture location ofa panorama path via various indications presented via a display of theuser device, such as arrows, textual cues, visual guides, or otherindications, based on position and orientation data of the user devicewithin the local coordinate frame of the room, and position informationassociated with the additional image capture location within the localcoordinate frame of the room.

The process 1500 may continue with capturing images using an imagingsensor of the user device during movement to the additional location, asat 1534. For example, during movement or traversal along an imagecapture path toward the additional image capture location, imaging datamay be captured, upon receiving user consent, via the imaging sensor ofthe user device, as well as position and orientation data of the userdevice during such movement or traversal, which imaging data may beprocessed by a photogrammetry processor and/or used to generate athree-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

The process 1500 may proceed by determining whether the user device ispositioned and oriented at the additional location of the panorama path,as at 1536. For example, a current position and orientation of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame as detected by one or moreposition and orientation sensors of the user device may be compared withposition information associated with the additional image capturelocation within the local coordinate frame of the room in order todetermine whether the user device is within the bounds of, or within athreshold distance of, the additional image capture location. If it isdetermined that the user device is not positioned or oriented at theadditional image capture location, then the process 1500 may return tostep 1534 and continue to capture images using an imaging sensor of theuser device during movement to the additional location.

If, however, it is determined that the user device is positioned andoriented at the additional image capture location, then the process 1500may continue by instructing position and orientation of the user devicefor image capture at the additional location of the panorama path, as at1538. For example, a field of view of the imaging sensor of the userdevice may be guided to a sweep starting point that is generated andpresented to initiate image capture at the additional image capturelocation of a panorama path via various indications presented via adisplay of the user device, such as arrows, textual cues, visual guides,or other indications, based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame of the room, and positioninformation associated with the sweep starting point at the additionalimage capture location within the local coordinate frame of the room.

The process 1500 may proceed to capture images using an imaging sensorof the user device at the additional location of the panorama path, asat 1540. For example, movement, orientation, or sweep of the field ofview of the imaging sensor of the user device may be guided in adirection of sweep from a sweep starting point to a sweep ending pointthat are generated and presented to facilitate image capture at theadditional image capture location of a panorama path via variousindications presented via a display of the user device, such as arrows,textual cues, visual guides, progress bars, blocks, or indicators, orother indications, based on position and orientation data of the userdevice within the local coordinate frame of the room, and positioninformation associated with the sweep starting point, direction ofsweep, and sweep ending point at the additional image capture locationwithin the local coordinate frame of the room. In addition, duringmovement, orientation, or sweep of a field of view of the imaging sensorof the user device in a direction of sweep from a sweep starting pointto a sweep ending point presented at the additional image capturelocation, imaging data may be captured, upon receiving user consent, viathe imaging sensor of the user device, as well as position andorientation data of the user device during such movement, orientation,or sweep, which imaging data may be processed by a photogrammetryprocessor and/or used to generate a three-dimensional model of the room,as described herein.

The process 1500 may then continue to determine whether the orientationof the user device is within an acceptable range at the additionallocation, as at 1542. For example, position and orientation data of theuser device may be received during sweep of the user device, and aspectssuch as vertical angle or orientation, sweep rate, sweep movement,and/or other aspects of the sweep movement may be determined andcompared with acceptable ranges or thresholds.

If it is determined that the orientation or other aspects of the userdevice is not within an acceptable range or threshold, the process 1500may proceed with stopping the capture of images using the imaging sensorof the user device, as at 1544. Then, the process 1500 may return tostep 1538 to instruct position and orientation of the user device forimage capture at the additional location of the panorama path.

If, however, it is determined that the orientation or other aspects ofthe user device are within an acceptable range or threshold, the process1500 may continue with determining whether capture of images at theadditional location is complete, as at 1546. For example, if the userdevice has completed the movement or sweep from the sweep starting pointto the sweep ending point in the direction of sweep at the additionalimage capture location, and successfully captured imaging data duringsuch movement or sweep, then the capture of images at the additionallocation may be complete. However, in some embodiments, multiple sweepsmay be associated with a single image capture location, and suchmultiple sweeps may be instructed at the image capture location untilall of the multiple sweeps have been completed, upon receiving userconsent.

If it is determined that capture of images at the additional location isnot complete, then the process 1500 may return to step 1540 to continuecapturing images using an imaging sensor of the user device at theadditional location of the panorama path. If, however, it is determinedthat capture of images at the additional location is complete, then theprocess 1500 may proceed by determining whether there is an additionallocation of the panorama path at which to capture images, as at 1548.For example, the traversal, sweep, and image capture processes andoperations described herein with respect to the additional image capturelocation may be substantially repeated at one or more further additionalimage capture locations of the panorama path, upon receiving userconsent. If it is determined that there is an additional location of thepanorama path at which to capture images, then the process 1500 mayreturn to step 1532 to instruct position and orientation of the userdevice at an additional location of the panorama path. If, however, itis determined that there are no additional locations of the panoramapath at which to capture images, then the process 1500 may end, as at1550.

FIG. 15B is a flow diagram illustrating an example panorama pathgeneration process 1502, in accordance with disclosed implementations.

The process 1502 may begin by receiving room measurement data, as at1504. For example, the room measurement data may comprise dimensionsand/or measurements of a room, such as floor planes, floor dimensions,floor area, wall planes, wall dimensions, wall area, ceiling planes,ceiling dimensions, ceiling area, or other measurement data. In someexample embodiments, the room measurement data may be determined usingthe room measurement process described at least with respect to FIGS.6A-6E.

The process 1502 may continue by receiving movement data associated withthe user device, as at 1506. For example, the movement data may includeposition and/or orientation data detected by one or more position andorientation sensors, upon receiving user consent, of a user device asthe user device moves around the room. In some example embodiments, themovement data may indicate accessible or walkable portions of the room,e.g., walkable paths or areas, hallways, egresses, or other portions,and may also indicate inaccessible or blocked portions of the room,e.g., areas including columns, poles, sofas, chairs, tables, otherfurniture, fireplaces, permanent fixtures, or other portions.

The process 1502 may then proceed by generating a panorama pathincluding one or more locations at which to capture images based on theroom measurement data and the movement data, as at 1508. For example,the panorama path may include one or more image capture locations atwhich images may be captured during movement, orientation, or sweep ofan imaging sensor of the user device. In addition, the panorama path mayalso include one or more image capture paths, e.g., between pairs ofimage capture locations, along which images may be captured duringtraversal of an imaging sensor of the user device.

The one or more image capture locations and the one or more imagecapture paths may be generated for presentation via a display of a userdevice at particular locations, e.g., at edges, sides, walls, corners,or other portions of walls, within the local coordinate frame of theroom. In addition, the one or more image capture locations may havevarious sizes, shapes, areas, radii, diameters, or other dimensions,boundaries, or aspects. Further, the one or more image capture paths mayhave various sizes, shapes, lengths, directions, or other dimensions oraspects.

Moreover, although in some embodiments the one or more image capturelocations and the one or more image capture paths may be generated anddirectly presented via a display of a user device, such as visualpresentations of points, circles, areas, or other boundaries to indicateimage capture locations, or arrows, lines, pathways, or other visualindications of image capture paths, in other embodiments, the one ormore image capture locations and the one or more image capture paths maybe generated and indirectly presented via a display of a user device,such as visual indications, arrows, textual cues, colors,semi-transparent overlays, or other indicators that may imply orindicate the presence and/or positions of image capture locations orimage capture paths at particular positions within the local coordinateframe, without directly presenting any visual indications of the boundsor extents of the image capture locations or image capture paths.

The process 1502 may then continue to generate a direction of traversalof the one or more locations of the panorama path, and generate adirection of image capture at the one or more locations of the panoramapath, as at 1510. For example, an order or direction of traversal amongthe one or more image capture locations may be defined or determined inorder to facilitate sequential or intuitive traversal of the imagecapture locations by a user device. The order of traversal may be, froma top-down view of the room, counterclockwise around the room orclockwise around the room within the local coordinate frame. Inaddition, an order or direction of sweep of an imaging sensor at the oneor more image capture locations may also be defined or determined inorder to facilitate smooth and intuitive sweep at the image capturelocations by an imaging sensor of the user device. The direction ofsweep may be, from a user viewpoint, from left-to-right across the roomor from right-to-left across the room. Moreover, in some embodiments,the direction of sweep at the image capture locations and the order oftraversal among the image capture locations may be coupled, such thatresponsive to completing a sweep of the imaging sensor at a first imagecapture location, a second image capture location may generally bewithin a field of view of the imaging sensor of the user device.Further, in other embodiments, multiple sweeps may be performed tocapture imaging data at one or more image capture locations, andlikewise, the direction of sweep at the image capture locations and theorder of traversal among the image capture locations may be coupled insuch embodiments.

The process 1502 may then end, as at 1512.

FIG. 16 is a flow diagram illustrating an example image capture processusing panorama paths with augmented reality guidance 1600, in accordancewith disclosed implementations.

The process 1600 may begin by presenting an indication to start an imagecapture process, as at 1602. For example, the indication may comprisetext and visual cues or indications related to the image captureprocess, as well as a confirmation user interface element that may beselected by a user to proceed.

The process 1600 may proceed by receiving user input to start the imagecapture process, as at 1604. For example, user input may be received viathe confirmation user interface element, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input.

The process 1600 may continue by presenting an indication to move theuser device toward a first location of a panorama path within the room,as at 1606. For example, the indication may comprise arrows, textualcues, visual cues, or other indications related to moving the userdevice toward a first image capture location of a panorama path. Inaddition, the indication may comprise a first semi-transparent coloroverlaid on top of imaging data presented via the display of the userdevice if the user device is not positioned at the first image capturelocation, e.g., not within the bounds of or not within a thresholddistance of the first image capture location based on the position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame,and may comprise a second semi-transparent color overlaid on top ofimaging data presented via the display of the user device if the userdevice is positioned at the first image capture location, e.g., withinthe bounds of or within a threshold distance of the first image capturelocation based on the position and orientation data of the user devicewithin the local coordinate frame.

Further, an arrow may be presented via the display of the user devicethat points toward the first image capture location generated forpresentation as part of the panorama path within the local coordinateframe of the room, based on position and orientation information of theuser device relative to the position of the first image capture locationwithin the local coordinate frame. In addition, various textual cues orguides may be presented via the display of the user device and may bepresented as following or remaining close or adjacent to the arrow thatis presented to point toward the first image capture location.

The process 1600 may then proceed to receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 1608. For example, duringmovement of the user device toward the first image capture locationwithin the room, position and orientation data of the user device may bereceived from one or more position and orientation sensors of the userdevice.

The process 1600 may then continue by capturing images during movementto the first location, as at 1610. For example, during movement of theuser device toward the first image capture location, imaging data may becaptured by an imaging sensor of the user device, which imaging data maybe processed by a photogrammetry processor and/or used to generate athree-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

The process 1600 may then continue to determine whether the user deviceis at the first location, as at 1612. For example, position andorientation data of the user device may be tracked and processed, uponreceiving user consent, to determine whether the user device has movedto within the bounds of or within a threshold distance of the firstimage capture location within the local coordinate frame of the room. Insome embodiments, a semi-transparent color that is overlaid on top ofimaging data may transition from a first color to a second color upondetermining that the user device is at the first location.

If the user device is not at the first location, then the process 1600may return to step 1608 to continue receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device. If, however, the user device is at thefirst location, then the process 1600 may proceed to present anindication to position or orient the user device at the first location,as at 1614. For example, the indication may comprise arrows, textualcues, visual cues, or other indications related to orienting a field ofview of an imaging sensor of the user device toward a sweep startingpoint generated for presentation at the first image capture location ofa panorama path.

Further, an arrow may be presented via the display of the user devicethat points toward a sweep starting point generated for presentation atthe first image capture location of the panorama path within the localcoordinate frame of the room, based on position and orientationinformation of the user device relative to the position of the sweepstarting point at the first image capture location within the localcoordinate frame. In addition, various textual cues or guides may bepresented via the display of the user device and may be presented asfollowing or remaining close or adjacent to the arrow that is presentedto point toward the sweep starting point at the first image capturelocation.

The process 1600 may then proceed to receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 1616. For example, duringmovement or orientation of the user device toward the sweep startingpoint generated for presentation at the first image capture locationwithin the room, position and orientation data of the user device may bereceived from one or more position and orientation sensors of the userdevice.

The process 1600 may then continue to determine whether the sweepstarting point for image capture is within the field of view of theimaging sensor of the user device, as at 1618. For example, position andorientation data of the user device may be tracked and processed, uponreceiving user consent, to determine whether the field of view of theimaging sensor of the user device has been moved or oriented such thatthe sweep starting point is presented within the field of view of theimaging sensor of the user device within the local coordinate frame ofthe room.

If the sweep starting point for image capture is not within the field ofview of the imaging sensor of the user device, then the process 1600 mayreturn to step 1616 to continue receiving movement data from one or moresensors of the user device. If, however, the sweep starting point forimage capture is within the field of view of the imaging sensor of theuser device, then the process 1600 may proceed to present an indicationto sweep the user device in a direction of image capture, as at 1620.For example, the indication may comprise arrows, textual cues, visualcues, progress bars, blocks, or indicators, or other indications relatedto sweeping the field of view of the imaging sensor in a direction ofsweep from a sweep starting point to a sweep ending point in order tocapture imaging data of the room.

The process 1600 may then proceed to receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 1622. For example, duringmovement, orientation, or sweep of the user device for image capture atthe first image capture location, position and orientation data of theuser device may be received from one or more position and orientationsensors of the user device.

The process 1600 may then continue to determine whether the user deviceorientation is within an acceptable range at the first location, as at1624. For example, based on the position and orientation data of theuser device during sweep of the imaging sensor for image capture at thefirst image capture location, it may be determined whether theorientation, e.g., vertical angle or orientation, sweep rate, sweepmovement, and/or other aspects of the sweep movement, are withinacceptable ranges or thresholds of such movement or orientation.

If it is determined that the user device orientation is not within anacceptable range at the first location, then the process 1600 mayproceed by presenting an indication to reposition or reorient the userdevice at the first location, as at 1626. For example, the indicationmay comprise arrows, textual cues, visual cues, progress bars, blocks,or indicators, or other indications related to repositioning orreorienting the user device during sweep of the field of view of theimaging sensor in a direction of sweep in order to capture imaging dataof the room. In one example, an arrow that is presented to indicateprogress of image capture may move or rotate and/or may also changecolors based on position or orientation data of the user device, therebyproviding a visual indication to a user with respect to repositioning orreorienting the user device during sweep of the user device. The process1600 may then return to step 1622 to receive movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device during sweep of the user device.

If, however, it is determined that the user device orientation is withinan acceptable range at the first location, then the process 1600 maythen continue by capturing images during sweep of the user device, as at1628. For example, during sweep of the user device in a direction ofsweep at the first image capture location, imaging data may be capturedby an imaging sensor of the user device, which imaging data may beprocessed by a photogrammetry processor and/or used to generate athree-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

The process 1600 may then proceed to present an indication that imageswere captured during the sweep, as at 1630. For example, during sweep ofthe user device, an indication comprising the progress bar or block maybe generated or updated to present one or more thumbnails or othervisual indications related to the progress of image capture during thesweep of the user device. In addition, an indication comprising an arrowpointing and moving in the direction of sweep may also be generated orupdated to present progress of image capture during the sweep of theuser device.

The process 1600 may then continue to determine whether the imagecapture process at the first location is complete, as at 1632. Forexample, upon successful sweep of the user device from the sweepstarting point to the sweep ending point in the direction of sweep, andupon successful capture of imaging data during the sweep, it may bedetermined that the image capture process at the first image capturelocation is complete. In addition, responsive to sweeping the userdevice in the direction of sweep such that the sweep ending point at thefirst image capture location is presented within a field of view of theimaging sensor, it may be determined that the image capture process atthe first image capture location is complete.

If it is determined that the image capture process at the first locationis not complete, then the process 1600 may return to step 1622 toreceive movement data from one or more sensors of the user device duringsweep of the user device, and continue to capture imaging data duringsweep of the user device at the first image capture location.

If, however, it is determined that the image capture process at thefirst location is complete, then the process 1600 may proceed withdetermining whether any additional locations of the panorama path remainfor image capture, as at 1634. If no additional locations of thepanorama path remain for image capture, then the process 1600 mayproceed to step 1668, as further described herein.

If, however, one or more additional locations of the panorama pathremain for image capture, then the process 1600 may continue withpresenting an indication that the image capture process at the firstlocation is complete, as at 1636. For example, the indication maycomprise text and visual cues or indications related to completion ofimage capture during sweep of the user device at the first image capturelocation. Moreover, the indication may comprise a confirmation userinterface element that may be selected by a user to confirm completionof the image capture process during sweep at the first image capturelocation, and to proceed to the image capture process at one or moreadditional locations of the panorama path.

The process 1600 may then proceed to receive user input to proceed to anadditional location, as at 1638. For example, user input may be receivedvia the confirmation user interface element, e.g., via a touchscreen,stylus, or other user input, to confirm completion of the image captureprocess during sweep at the first image capture location, and to proceedto the image capture process at one or more additional locations of thepanorama path.

The process 1600 may continue by presenting an indication to move theuser device toward an additional location of a panorama path within theroom, as at 1640. For example, the indication may comprise arrows,textual cues, visual cues, or other indications related to moving theuser device toward an additional image capture location of a panoramapath. In addition, the indication may comprise a first semi-transparentcolor overlaid on top of imaging data presented via the display of theuser device if the user device is not positioned at the additional imagecapture location, e.g., not within the bounds of or not within athreshold distance of the additional image capture location based on theposition and orientation data of the user device within the localcoordinate frame, and may comprise a second semi-transparent coloroverlaid on top of imaging data presented via the display of the userdevice if the user device is positioned at the additional image capturelocation, e.g., within the bounds of or within a threshold distance ofthe additional image capture location based on the position andorientation data of the user device within the local coordinate frame.

Further, an arrow may be presented via the display of the user devicethat points toward the additional image capture location generated forpresentation as part of the panorama path within the local coordinateframe of the room, based on position and orientation information of theuser device relative to the position of the additional image capturelocation within the local coordinate frame. In addition, various textualcues or guides may be presented via the display of the user device andmay be presented as following or remaining close or adjacent to thearrow that is presented to point toward the additional image capturelocation.

The process 1600 may then proceed to receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 1642. For example, duringmovement of the user device toward the additional image capture locationwithin the room, position and orientation data of the user device may bereceived from one or more position and orientation sensors of the userdevice.

The process 1600 may then continue by capturing images during movementto the additional location, as at 1644. For example, during movement ofthe user device toward the additional image capture location, imagingdata may be captured by an imaging sensor of the user device, whichimaging data may be processed by a photogrammetry processor and/or usedto generate a three-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

The process 1600 may then continue to determine whether the user deviceis at the additional location, as at 1646. For example, position andorientation data of the user device may be tracked and processed, uponreceiving user consent, to determine whether the user device has movedto within the bounds of or within a threshold distance of the additionalimage capture location within the local coordinate frame of the room. Insome embodiments, a semi-transparent color that is overlaid on top ofimaging data may transition from a first color to a second color upondetermining that the user device is at the additional location.

If the user device is not at the additional location, then the process1600 may return to step 1642 to continue receiving movement data fromone or more sensors of the user device. If, however, the user device isat the additional location, then the process 1600 may proceed to presentan indication to position or orient the user device at the additionallocation, as at 1648. For example, the indication may comprise arrows,textual cues, visual cues, or other indications related to orienting afield of view of an imaging sensor of the user device toward a sweepstarting point generated for presentation at the additional imagecapture location of a panorama path.

Further, an arrow may be presented via the display of the user devicethat points toward a sweep starting point generated for presentation atthe additional image capture location of the panorama path within thelocal coordinate frame of the room, based on position and orientationinformation of the user device relative to the position of the sweepstarting point at the additional image capture location within the localcoordinate frame. In addition, various textual cues or guides may bepresented via the display of the user device and may be presented asfollowing or remaining close or adjacent to the arrow that is presentedto point toward the sweep starting point at the additional image capturelocation.

The process 1600 may then proceed to receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 1650. For example, duringmovement or orientation of the user device toward the sweep startingpoint generated for presentation at the additional image capturelocation within the room, position and orientation data of the userdevice may be received from one or more position and orientation sensorsof the user device.

The process 1600 may then continue to determine whether the sweepstarting point for image capture is within the field of view of theimaging sensor of the user device, as at 1652. For example, position andorientation data of the user device may be tracked and processed, uponreceiving user consent, to determine whether the field of view of theimaging sensor of the user device has been moved or oriented such thatthe sweep starting point is presented within the field of view of theimaging sensor of the user device within the local coordinate frame ofthe room.

If the sweep starting point for image capture is not within the field ofview of the imaging sensor of the user device, then the process 1600 mayreturn to step 1650 to continue receiving movement data from one or moresensors of the user device. If, however, the sweep starting point forimage capture is within the field of view of the imaging sensor of theuser device, then the process 1600 may proceed to present an indicationto sweep the user device in a direction of image capture, as at 1654.For example, the indication may comprise arrows, textual cues, visualcues, progress bars, blocks, or indicators, or other indications relatedto sweeping the field of view of the imaging sensor in a direction ofsweep from a sweep starting point to a sweep ending point in order tocapture imaging data of the room.

The process 1600 may then proceed to receiving movement data from one ormore sensors of the user device, as at 1656. For example, duringmovement, orientation, or sweep of the user device for image capture atthe additional image capture location, position and orientation data ofthe user device may be received from one or more position andorientation sensors of the user device.

The process 1600 may then continue to determine whether the user deviceorientation is within an acceptable range at the additional location, asat 1658. For example, based on the position and orientation data of theuser device during sweep of the imaging sensor for image capture at theadditional image capture location, it may be determined whether theorientation, e.g., vertical angle or orientation, sweep rate, sweepmovement, and/or other aspects of the sweep movement, are withinacceptable ranges or thresholds of such movement or orientation.

If it is determined that the user device orientation is not within anacceptable range at the additional location, then the process 1600 mayproceed by presenting an indication to reposition or reorient the userdevice at the additional location, as at 1660. For example, theindication may comprise arrows, textual cues, visual cues, progressbars, blocks, or indicators, or other indications related torepositioning or reorienting the user device during sweep of the fieldof view of the imaging sensor in a direction of sweep in order tocapture imaging data of the room. In one example, an arrow that ispresented to indicate progress of image capture may move or rotateand/or may also change colors based on position or orientation data ofthe user device, thereby providing a visual indication to a user withrespect to repositioning or reorienting the user device during sweep ofthe user device. The process 1600 may then return to step 1656 toreceive movement data from one or more sensors of the user device duringsweep of the user device.

If, however, it is determined that the user device orientation is withinan acceptable range at the additional location, then the process 1600may then continue by capturing images during sweep of the user device,as at 1662. For example, during sweep of the user device in a directionof sweep at the additional image capture location, imaging data may becaptured by an imaging sensor of the user device, which imaging data maybe processed by a photogrammetry processor and/or used to generate athree-dimensional model of the room, as described herein.

The process 1600 may then proceed to present an indication that imageswere captured during the sweep, as at 1664. For example, during sweep ofthe user device, an indication comprising the progress bar or block maybe generated or updated to present one or more thumbnails or othervisual indications related to the progress of image capture during thesweep of the user device. In addition, an indication comprising an arrowpointing and moving in the direction of sweep may also be generated orupdated to present progress of image capture during the sweep of theuser device.

The process 1600 may then continue to determine whether the imagecapture process at the additional location is complete, as at 1666. Forexample, upon successful sweep of the user device from the sweepstarting point to the sweep ending point in the direction of sweep, andupon successful capture of imaging data during the sweep, it may bedetermined that the image capture process at the additional imagecapture location is complete. In addition, responsive to sweeping theuser device in the direction of sweep such that the sweep ending pointat the additional image capture location is presented within a field ofview of the imaging sensor, it may be determined that the image captureprocess at the additional image capture location is complete.

If it is determined that the image capture process at the additionallocation is not complete, then the process 1600 may return to step 1656to receive movement data from one or more sensors of the user deviceduring sweep of the user device, and continue to capture imaging dataduring sweep of the user device at the additional image capturelocation.

If, however, it is determined that the image capture process at theadditional location is complete, then the process 1600 may proceed withdetermining whether any additional locations of the panorama path remainfor image capture, as at 1634.

If one or more additional locations of the panorama path remain forimage capture, then the process 1600 may continue with presenting anindication that the image capture process at the additional location iscomplete, as at 1636. For example, the indication may comprise text andvisual cues or indications related to completion of image capture duringsweep of the user device at the additional image capture location.Moreover, the indication may comprise a confirmation user interfaceelement that may be selected by a user to confirm completion of theimage capture process during sweep at the additional image capturelocation, and to proceed to the image capture process at one or moreadditional locations of the panorama path. Then, the process 1600 mayproceed to step 1638 and following steps, as described above.

If, however, no additional locations of the panorama path remain forimage capture, then the process 1600 may proceed to present anindication that the image capture process at all locations is complete,as at 1668. For example, the indication may comprise text and visualcues or indications related to completion of image capture process atall locations of the panorama path. Moreover, the indication maycomprise a confirmation user interface element that may be selected by auser to confirm completion of the image capture process at all imagecapture locations of the panorama path, and/or to proceed withgeneration of a three-dimensional model of the room.

The process 1600 may then proceed to receive user input to confirmcompletion of the image capture process using the panorama path, as at1670. For example, user input may be received via the confirmation userinterface element, e.g., via a touchscreen, stylus, or other user input,to confirm completion of the image capture process at all image capturelocations of the panorama path, and/or to proceed with generation of athree-dimensional model of the room. As described herein, thethree-dimensional model of the room or space may be generated based atleast in part on imaging data captured using the panorama path, as wellas position and orientation data of the user device during the imagecapture process using the panorama path, e.g., using variousphotogrammetry algorithms or techniques, as well as other processes,algorithms, or techniques described at least with respect to FIGS. 1 and2 herein. Then, the process 1600 may end, as at 1672.

FIG. 17 is a block diagram illustrating various components of a userdevice 1702 and server computing device 1732 configured forthree-dimensional room model generation using photogrammetry, inaccordance with disclosed implementations. In various examples, theblock diagram may be illustrative of one or more aspects of the virtualreality, mixed reality, and/or augmented reality systems that may beused to implement the various systems and processes discussed above.

As described above at least with respect to FIG. 1, a user device 1702,such as a personal computing device, mobile computing device,smartphone, tablet computing device, laptop computing device, wearablecomputing device, headset or head-mounted computing device, eyeglass oreyewear computing device, or other user computing device, may include aprocessor 1704, a power supply 1705 such as a battery or rechargeablebattery, and a memory 1706 having various executable instructions and/orvarious applications, such as an AR application 1708 and various dataprocessing applications 1710 that may comprise various algorithms ortechniques, such as photogrammetry, machine learning, geometric computervision, image processing, geometric calculation, position andorientation tracking, edge detection, surface detection, featuredetection, and/or other algorithms and techniques.

In addition, the user device 1702 may include one or more output devicessuch as a display 1712, monitor, stereoscopic display, head-mounted oreyeglass-mounted display, screen, speakers 1714, or other outputs, oneor more input devices 1716 such as buttons, a touchscreen, microphones1718, or other inputs, one or more imaging sensors 1720 configured tocapture images within respective fields of view of the imaging sensors,and/or one or more position or orientation sensors 1722 such as inertialmeasurement units, accelerometers, gyroscopes, magnetometers, depthsensors, or other position or orientation sensors configured to receivedata associated with position and orientation of the user device 1702.

As described herein, the user device 1702, and various componentsthereof, may be used in the systems and processes described above, suchas room or space measurement processes, image capture processes usingone or more paths, and/or three-dimensional model generation processes,upon receiving user consent. In addition, although FIG. 17 shows variouscomponents included as part of the user device 1702, in other exampleembodiments, one or more of the components may be external or separatefrom the user device 1702 and communicatively and/or operatively coupledor connected to the user device 1702. For example, one or more of thedisplay 1712, speakers 1714, input devices 1716, microphone 1718,imaging sensor 1720, and/or position and orientation sensors 1722 may beexternal or separate from the user device 1702 and communicativelyand/or operatively coupled or connected to the user device 1702, e.g.,as peripheral devices connected to the user device.

Further, as described above at least with respect to FIG. 1, a servercomputing device 1732, such as a personal computing device, mobilecomputing device, smartphone, tablet computing device, laptop computingdevice, wearable computing device, headset or head-mounted computingdevice, eyeglass or eyewear computing device, desktop computing device,server computing device, remote or cloud computing device, or othercomputing device(s) or computing system(s), may include a processor1734, a power supply 1735 such as a battery, rechargeable battery, wiredpower connection, or other power source, and a memory 1736 havingvarious executable instructions and/or various applications, such as anAR application 1738 and various data processing applications 1740 thatmay comprise various algorithms or techniques, such as photogrammetry,machine learning, geometric computer vision, image processing, geometriccalculation, position and orientation tracking, edge detection, surfacedetection, feature detection, and/or other algorithms and techniques.

In addition, the server computing device 1732 may include one or moreoutput devices such as a display 1742, monitor, stereoscopic display,head-mounted or eyeglass-mounted display, screen, speakers 1744, orother outputs, and/or one or more input devices 1746 such as buttons, atouchscreen, microphones 1748, or other inputs.

As described herein, the server computing device 1732, and variouscomponents thereof, may be used in the systems and processes describedabove, such as room or space measurement processes, image captureprocesses using one or more paths, and/or three-dimensional modelgeneration processes, upon receiving user consent. In addition, althoughFIG. 17 shows various components included as part of the servercomputing device 1732, in other example embodiments, one or more of thecomponents may be external or separate from the server computing device1732 and communicatively and/or operatively coupled or connected to theserver computing device 1732. For example, one or more of the display1742, speakers 1744, input devices 1746, and/or microphone 1748 may beexternal or separate from the server computing device 1732 andcommunicatively and/or operatively coupled or connected to the servercomputing device 1732, e.g., as peripheral devices connected to theserver computing device.

Moreover, the user device 1702 and the server computing device 1732 maybe communicatively coupled via a network 1750. The network 1750 may beany wired or wireless general data networks, such as a Wi-Fi network, alocal area network (LAN), or a wide area network (WAN). In addition, thenetwork 1750 may include other types of networks, includingtelecommunications networks, cellular communication networks, satellitenetworks, the Internet, and the like. Further, one or more e-commercecomputing systems 1760 and/or one or more data repositories 1762, suchas product catalogs or other data storage related to items or objects ofinterest, may also be communicatively coupled via the network 1750. Theone or more e-commerce computing systems 1760 and/or one or more datarepositories 1762 may include one or more processors, one or morememories, and data associated with users, rooms, spaces, items, objects,environments, inputs, guide elements, user interface elements, or anyother aspects described herein. The items or objects may represent anyproducts or services that may be rendered for display and/or selectionby a user of a user device. For example, the items or objects may beavailable for rent, download, lease, or purchase.

The processors may process, transmit, receive, store, and/or retrievedata, e.g., in communication with the memories and/or via the network,in which the data may be associated with users, rooms, spaces, items,objects, environments, inputs, guide elements, user interface elements,or any other aspects described herein.

The displays or other visual output components may render forpresentation to a user of the user device the rooms, spaces, items,objects, environments, inputs, guide elements, user interface elements,or any other aspects described herein. For example, the displays may betwo-dimensional screens that are configured to render athree-dimensional, augmented reality environment to a user, orstereoscopic displays that are configured to render a three-dimensional,virtual reality environment to a user. In addition, the speakers orother audio output components may emit to a user of the user device anyaudio output associated with the rooms, spaces, items, objects,environments, inputs, guide elements, user interface elements, or anyother aspects described herein. Further, the user device may alsoinclude haptic output components that may emit haptic signals orfeedback associated with the rooms, spaces, items, objects,environments, inputs, guide elements, user interface elements, or anyother aspects described herein.

The microphones or other audio input components may receive inputs,e.g., voice inputs, from a user of the user device. For example, a usermay provide a search query via a voice input that is received by themicrophones and processed to provide visual and/or audio output, e.g.,via the displays and speakers, associated with the search query.

The imaging sensors of the user device may capture imaging data duringvarious portions of the example systems and processes described above,upon receiving user consent. In addition, the imaging sensors may have afield of view that is substantially aligned with a field of view of auser of the user device. In some embodiments, the field of view of theimaging sensors may be smaller than a field of view of a user of theuser device. Further, the various imaging sensors described herein maycapture imaging data, such as still images, wide-angle images, videoimagery, or other types of imaging data, in any of various formats, suchas GIF, JPEG, TIFF, PNG, MOV, MPG, MP4, or various other imaging orvideo file formats.

The position and orientation sensors of the user device may include oneor more inertial measurement units, accelerometers, gyroscopes,magnetometers, or other sensors. For example, upon receiving userconsent, the position and orientation sensors may provide dataassociated with a position, orientation, movement, rotation, speed, orother action or motion of the user utilizing the user device. In someimplementations, the user device may be a virtual reality headset thatmay sense, using one or more of the position and orientation sensors,various movements of a head of a user, e.g., looking up, down, left,right, or combinations thereof. Further, the position and orientationsensors may also include eye gaze tracking sensors that may identify adirection of eye gaze or focus of the user, and the sensed direction ofeye gaze or focus may be used as additional inputs for the systems andprocesses described herein. For example, a sensed direction of eye gazetoward a presented user interface or input element for a defined amountof time, e.g., 2-5 seconds or longer, may be detected by the eye gazetracking sensors and recognized as an input such as a selection of thepresented user interface or input element. As another example, a sensedblink of an eye by a user for a defined amount of time, together with asensed direction of eye gaze, may also be detected by the eye gazetracking sensors and recognized as an input such as a selection of apresented user interface or input element.

The input devices may include buttons, triggers, switches, toggles,trackballs, trackpads, touchpads, touch-sensitive surfaces, or any otherelements configured to receive inputs from a user. The inputs receivedvia the input devices may be control or selection inputs specific to oneor more aspects or elements rendered by the displays, e.g., selection,placement, removal, movement, manipulation, or other interaction with aparticular item, object, input element, guide element, user interfaceelement, or other various aspects described herein.

In various implementations, the various processors described herein withrespect to various devices, components, and services may be auniprocessor system including one processor, or a multiprocessor systemincluding several processors (e.g., two, four, eight, or anothersuitable number). The processor(s) may be any suitable processor capableof executing instructions. For example, in various implementations, theprocessor(s) may be general-purpose or embedded processors implementingany of a variety of instruction set architectures (ISAs), such as thex86, PowerPC, SPARC, or MIPS ISAs, or any other suitable ISA. Inmultiprocessor systems, each processor(s) may commonly, but notnecessarily, implement the same ISA.

The various memories, or non-transitory computer readable storage media,described herein with respect to various devices, components, andservices may be configured to store executable instructions, input data,sensor data, imaging data, user data, room, space, or environment data,item images, item details, other item data, guide element data, userinterface elements, and/or other data items accessible by theprocessor(s). In various implementations, the memories may beimplemented using any suitable memory technology, such as static randomaccess memory (SRAM), synchronous dynamic RAM (SDRAM),nonvolatile/Flash-type memory, or any other type of memory. In variousimplementations, program instructions and data implementing desiredfunctions, such as those described above, may be stored within any ofthe memories of various devices, components, and services. In otherimplementations, program instructions and data may be received, sent orstored upon different types of computer-accessible media, such asnon-transitory media, or on similar media separate from the memories ornon-transitory computer readable storage medium.

Generally speaking, a non-transitory, computer readable storage mediummay include storage media or memory media such as magnetic or opticalmedia, e.g., disk or CD/DVD-ROM, coupled to the components and services.Program instructions and data stored via a non-transitory computerreadable medium may be transmitted by transmission media or signals,such as electrical, electromagnetic, or digital signals, which may beconveyed via a communication medium such as a network and/or a wirelesslink.

In various implementations, one or more input/output (I/O) interfaces ornetwork interfaces may be configured to coordinate I/O or networktraffic between the processor(s), the memories, any of the devices,components, or services, and any other devices, components, or services.In some implementations, the I/O or network interfaces may perform anynecessary protocol, timing or other data transformations to convert datasignals from one component (e.g., memories) into a format suitable foruse by another component (e.g., processor(s)). In some implementations,the I/O or network interfaces may include support for devices,components, or services attached through various types of peripheralbuses, such as a variant of the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI)bus standard or the Universal Serial Bus (USB) standard, for example. Insome implementations, the function of the I/O or network interfaces maybe split into two or more separate components, such as a north bridgeand a south bridge, for example. Also, in some implementations, some orall of the functionality of the I/O or network interfaces, such asinterfaces to the memories, may be incorporated directly into theprocessor(s).

In addition, the network interfaces may enable wired or wirelesscommunication between various components and services. In variousimplementations, the network interfaces may support communication viawired or wireless general data networks, such as a Wi-Fi network, LAN,or WAN. Further, the network interfaces may support communication viaother types of networks, including telecommunications networks, cellularcommunication networks, satellite networks, the Internet, and the like.

The memories of various devices, components, and services may includeprogram instructions which may be configured to implement the exampleprocesses and/or sub-processes described above. The data storage mayinclude various data stores for maintaining data items such as inputdata including voice inputs, text inputs, or other user inputs, sensordata from sensors associated with the user device, imaging data fromimaging sensors associated with the user device, user data includinguser preferences, user history, user lists, or other user data, itemdata including images, details, or other item data, guide elements, userinterface elements, three-dimensional models, and/or other data itemsthat may be provided for implementing the various systems and processesas described herein.

In various implementations, the parameter values and other dataillustrated herein as being included in one or more data stores may becombined with other information not described or may be partitioneddifferently into more, fewer, or different data structures. In someimplementations, data stores may be physically located in one memory ormay be distributed among two or more memories.

Each process described herein may be implemented by the architecturesdescribed herein or by other architectures. The processes areillustrated as a collection of blocks in a logical flow. Some of theblocks represent operations that can be implemented in hardware,software, or a combination thereof. In the context of software, theblocks represent computer-executable instructions stored on one or morecomputer readable media that, when executed by one or more processors,perform the recited operations. Generally, computer-executableinstructions include routines, programs, objects, components, datastructures, and the like that perform particular functions or implementparticular abstract data types.

The computer readable media may include non-transitory computer readablestorage media, which may include hard drives, floppy diskettes, opticaldisks, CD-ROMs, DVDs, read-only memories (ROMs), random access memories(RAMs), EPROMs, EEPROMs, flash memory, magnetic or optical cards,solid-state memory devices, or other types of storage media suitable forstoring electronic instructions. In addition, in some implementations,the computer readable media may include a transitory computer readablesignal (in compressed or uncompressed form). Examples of computerreadable signals, whether modulated using a carrier or not, include, butare not limited to, signals that a computer system hosting or running acomputer program can be configured to access, including signalsdownloaded through the Internet or other networks. Finally, the order inwhich the operations are described is not intended to be construed as alimitation, and any number of the described operations can be combinedin any order and/or in parallel to implement the process. Additionally,one or more of the operations may be considered optional and/or notutilized with other operations.

Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the devices, components,and services are merely illustrative and are not intended to limit thescope of the present disclosure. In particular, the devices, components,and services may include any combination of hardware or software thatcan perform the indicated functions, including computers, networkdevices, internet appliances, PDAs, wireless phones, pagers, etc. Thedevices, components, and services may also be connected to otherdevices, components, or services that are not illustrated, or insteadmay operate as a stand-alone system. In addition, the functionalityprovided by the illustrated devices, components, and services may, insome implementations, be combined in fewer devices, components, orservices or distributed in additional devices, components, or services.Similarly, in some implementations, the functionality of some of theillustrated devices, components, or services may not be provided and/orother additional functionality may be available.

Those skilled in the art will also appreciate that, while various itemsare illustrated as being stored in memory or storage while being used,these items or portions of them may be transferred between memory andother storage devices for purposes of memory management and dataintegrity. Alternatively, in other implementations, some or all of thesoftware components may execute in memory on another device andcommunicate with the illustrated devices, components, or services. Someor all of the components, services, or data structures may also bestored (e.g., as instructions or structured data) on a non-transitory,computer-accessible medium or a portable article to be read by anappropriate drive, various examples of which are described above. Insome implementations, instructions stored on a computer-accessiblemedium separate from the devices, components, or services may betransmitted to the devices, components, or services via transmissionmedia or signals, such as electrical, electromagnetic, or digitalsignals, conveyed via a communication medium, such as a network and/or awireless link. Various implementations may further include receiving,sending or storing instructions and/or data implemented in accordancewith the foregoing description upon a computer-accessible medium.Accordingly, the techniques described herein may be practiced with othervirtual reality, augmented reality, and/or mixed reality systemconfigurations.

Those skilled in the art will appreciate that, in some implementations,the functionality provided by the processes, systems, devices,components, and services discussed above may be provided in alternativeways, such as being split among more software modules or routines orconsolidated into fewer modules or routines. Similarly, in someimplementations, illustrated processes, systems, devices, components,and services may provide more or less functionality than is described,such as when other illustrated processes instead lack or include suchfunctionality respectively, or when the amount of functionality that isprovided is altered. In addition, while various operations may beillustrated as being performed in a particular manner (e.g., in serialor in parallel) and/or in a particular order, those skilled in the artwill appreciate that, in other implementations, the operations may beperformed in other orders and in other manners. Those skilled in the artwill also appreciate that the data structures discussed above may bestructured in different manners, such as by having a single datastructure split into multiple data structures or by having multiple datastructures consolidated into a single data structure. Similarly, in someimplementations, illustrated data structures may store more or lessinformation than is described, such as when other illustrated datastructures instead lack or include such information respectively, orwhen the amount or types of information that is stored is altered. Thevarious processes, systems, devices, components, and services asillustrated in the figures and described herein represent exampleimplementations. The processes, systems, devices, components, andservices may be implemented in software, hardware, or a combinationthereof in other implementations. Similarly, the order of any processmay be changed and various elements may be added, reordered, combined,omitted, modified, etc., in other implementations.

Embodiments of the disclosure can be described in view of the followingclauses:

Clause 1: A computer-implemented method, comprising:

presenting, via a display of a user device, an indication to move theuser device towards a wall of a room;

receiving, from a sensor of the user device, movement data of the userdevice towards the wall of the room;

receiving, from an imaging sensor of the user device, imaging dataincluding at least a portion of the room within a field of view of theimaging sensor;

presenting, via the display of the user device, the imaging dataincluding at least the portion of the room within the field of view ofthe imaging sensor;

presenting, via the display of the user device and overlaying theimaging data including at least the portion of the room, a ring pathsubstantially centered within the room, a target positioned along thering path, and a reticle substantially centered within the display ofthe user device;

presenting, via the display of the user device, an indication to placethe target within the reticle;

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, movement data of thetarget being placed within the reticle;

presenting, via the display of the user device and responsive to placingthe target within the reticle, an indication to traverse around an outerperiphery of the ring path such that the target remains within thereticle;

capturing, via the imaging sensor of the user device, a plurality ofimages of the room during traversal around the outer periphery of thering path;

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with respective ones of the pluralityof images captured during traversal around the outer periphery of thering path; and

generating a three-dimensional model of the room based on the pluralityof images and the position and orientation data of the user deviceassociated with respective ones of the plurality of images.

Clause 2: The computer-implemented method of clause 1, whereinpresenting the target positioned along the ring path further comprises:

presenting, via the display, the target at a position along the ringpath closest to the user device.

Clause 3: The computer-implemented method of clauses 1 to 2, furthercomprising:

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, movement data of thetarget remaining within the reticle.

Clause 4: The computer-implemented method of clauses 1 to 3, furthercomprising:

presenting, via the display of the user device, an indication that theplurality of images were captured during the traversal around the outerperiphery of the ring path.

Clause 5: A method, comprising:

receiving, from a first sensor associated with a user device, imagingdata including at least a portion of a space within a field of view ofthe first sensor;

presenting, via a display associated with the user device and overlayingat least a portion of the field of view, a path within the space and atarget positioned along the path;

presenting, via the display associated with the user device andresponsive to placing the target within the field of view, an indicationto traverse the user device along the path such that the target remainswithin the field of view;

capturing, via the first sensor associated with the user device, aplurality of images of the space during traversal along the path;

receiving, from a second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith respective ones of the plurality of images captured duringtraversal along the path; and

causing a three-dimensional model of the space to be generated based onthe plurality of images and the data associated with position andorientation of the user device associated with respective ones of theplurality of images.

Clause 6: The method of clause 5, wherein presenting the path furthercomprises:

presenting, via the display, the path as a convex hull having roundedcorners and substantially centered within the space.

Clause 7: The method of clauses 5 to 6, further comprising:

presenting, via the display, the imaging data including at least theportion of the space within the field of view of the first sensor;

wherein presenting the path and the target further comprises presentingthe path and the target, via the display, as overlaying the imagingdata.

Clause 8: The method of clauses 5 to 7, wherein presenting the targetpositioned along the path further comprises:

presenting, via the display, the target at a position along the pathclosest to the user device.

Clause 9: The method of clauses 5 to 8, further comprising:

presenting, via the display associated with the user device, a reticlesubstantially centered within the display associated with the userdevice;

wherein presenting the indication to traverse the user device along thepath such that the target remains within the field of view furthercomprises:

presenting, via the display, at least one of an arrow or a textual cueto instruct placement of the target within the reticle.

Clause 10: The method of clauses 5 to 9, wherein presenting theindication to traverse the user device along the path such that thetarget remains within the field of view further comprises:

presenting, via the display, at least one of the target or the reticlewith a first visual characteristic to instruct placement of the targetwithin the reticle.

Clause 11: The method of clauses 5 to 10, further comprising:

responsive to receiving, from the second sensor associated with the userdevice, movement data of the target being placed within the reticle,presenting, via the display, the at least one of the target or thereticle with a second visual characteristic.

Clause 12: The method of clauses 5 to 11, further comprising:

receiving, from the second sensor, movement data of the target moving atleast one of outside the reticle, within a first threshold distance ofthe reticle, or beyond a second threshold distance from the reticle; and

responsive to receiving the movement data of the target moving at leastone of outside the reticle, within the first threshold distance of thereticle, or beyond the second threshold distance from the reticle,presenting, via the display, the at least one of the target or thereticle with the first visual characteristic.

Clause 13: The method of clauses 5 to 12, wherein presenting the atleast one of the target or the reticle with the first visualcharacteristic responsive to receiving the movement data of the targetmoving outside the reticle further comprises:

presenting, via the display, at least one of an arrow or a textual cueto indicate the target.

Clause 14: The method of clauses 5 to 13, wherein at least a portion ofthe path is presented, via the display, at a vertical position withinthe space that is determined based at least in part on the dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device duringtraversal along the path.

Clause 15: The method of clauses 5 to 14, wherein presenting the pathfurther comprises:

presenting, via the display, the path with a first visual characteristicprior to traversal along the path; and

responsive to capture of images during traversal along a portion of thepath, presenting, via the display, the portion of the path with a secondvisual characteristic after traversal along the portion of the path.

Clause 16: The method of clauses 5 to 15, further comprising:

during traversal along the path, presenting, via the display, a skipuser interface element configured to indicate completion of thetraversal along the path.

Clause 17: A system, comprising:

a user device, comprising:

a display;

a first sensor;

a second sensor; and

a processor configured to at least:

-   -   receive, from the first sensor, imaging data including at least        a portion of a space within a field of view of the first sensor;    -   present, via the display and overlaying the field of view, a        path within the space and a target positioned along the path;    -   present, via the display and responsive to placing the target        within the field of view, an indication to traverse the user        device along the path such that the target remains within the        field of view;    -   capture, via the first sensor, a plurality of images of the        space during traversal along the path;    -   receive, from the second sensor, data associated with position        and orientation of the user device associated with respective        ones of the plurality of images captured during traversal along        the path; and    -   cause a three-dimensional model of the space to be generated        based on the plurality of images and the data associated with        position and orientation of the user device associated with        respective ones of the plurality of images.

Clause 18: The system of clause 17, wherein the field of view of thefirst sensor is configured to extend substantially across the spaceduring traversal along the path.

Clause 19: The system of clauses 17 to 18, wherein the second sensor ofthe user device comprises an inertial measurement unit comprising atleast one of an accelerometer, a gyroscope, or a magnetometer; and

wherein the display comprises at least one of a touchscreen of a mobilecomputing device, a display element of a head-mounted oreyeglass-mounted computing device, or a stereoscopic display.

Clause 20: The system of clauses 17 to 19, wherein the processor isfurther configured to at least:

present, via the display, the imaging data including at least theportion of the space within the field of view of the first sensor; and

present, via the display and overlaying the imaging data, a reticlesubstantially centered within the display; and

wherein presenting the path and the target further comprises presentingthe path and the target, via the display, as overlaying the imagingdata.

Clause 21: A computer-implemented method, comprising:

receiving, from a user device, measurement data associated with a room;

receiving, from the user device, movement data of the user device withinthe room;

generating for presentation, via a display of the user device, a ringpath substantially centered within the room based on the measurementdata and the movement data;

generating for presentation, via the display, a target along the ringpath;

generating for presentation, via the display, a reticle substantiallycentered within the display of the user device;

instructing traversal of the user device around the ring path such thatthe target remains presented, via the display, within the reticle;

during the traversal of the user device, capturing, via an imagingsensor of the user device, a plurality of images of the room;

receiving, from a sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with respective ones of the pluralityof images captured during the traversal around the ring path;

processing the plurality of images of the room using photogrammetry; and

generating a three-dimensional model of the room based on the pluralityof images and the position and orientation data of the user deviceassociated with respective ones of the plurality of images.

Clause 22: The computer-implemented method of clause 21, whereingenerating the ring path further comprises:

scaling down dimensions of the room to generate the ring path within theroom.

Clause 23: The computer-implemented method of clauses 21 to 22, whereininstructing traversal of the user device around the ring path furthercomprises:

instructing movement of the user device such that a field of view of theuser device extends substantially across the room.

Clause 24: The computer-implemented method of clauses 21 to 23, whereincapturing the plurality of images of the room further comprises:

capturing images along straight sections of the ring path at a firstcapture rate; and

capturing images along curved sections of the ring path at a secondcapture rate;

wherein the second capture rate is higher than the first capture rate.

Clause 25: A method, comprising:

generating for presentation, via a display associated with a userdevice, a path within a space and a target along the path;

instructing traversal of the user device along the path within the spacesuch that the target remains within a field of view of a first sensorassociated with the user device;

during the traversal of the user device, capturing, via the first sensorassociated with the user device, a plurality of images of the space;

receiving, from a second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith respective ones of the plurality of images captured during thetraversal along the path; and

causing a three-dimensional model of the space to be generated based onthe plurality of images and the data associated with position andorientation of the user device associated with respective ones of theplurality of images.

Clause 26: The method of clause 25, wherein instructing traversal of theuser device along the path further comprises:

instructing movement of the user device such that the field of view ofthe user device extends substantially across the space.

Clause 27: The method of clauses 25 to 26, wherein the path ispresented, via the display, substantially centered within the space andoverlaying at least a portion of imaging data captured within the fieldof view of the first sensor and displayed via the display.

Clause 28: The method of clauses 25 to 27, wherein generating the pathfurther comprises:

scaling down dimensions of the space to generate the path within thespace.

Clause 29: The method of clauses 25 to 28, further comprising:

receiving, via the second sensor associated with the user device,movement data of the user device within the space;

wherein the path is generated based at least in part on the movementdata.

Clause 30: The method of clauses 25 to 29, further comprising:

generating for presentation, via the display, a reticle substantiallycentered within the display;

wherein instructing traversal of the user device along the path furthercomprises instructing that the target remain presented, via the display,within the reticle during the traversal of the user device.

Clause 31: The method of clauses 25 to 30, wherein capturing theplurality of images of the space further comprises:

capturing images along straight sections of the path at a first capturerate; and

capturing images along curved sections of the path at a second capturerate;

wherein the second capture rate is higher than the first capture rate.

Clause 32: The method of clauses 25 to 31, wherein the traversal of theuser device along the path comprises traversal of the user device alonga plurality of sections of the path; and

wherein the plurality of images are captured during the traversal of theuser device along the plurality of sections of the path.

Clause 33: The method of clauses 25 to 32, wherein capturing theplurality of images of the space further comprises:

capturing the plurality of images such that individual ones of theplurality of images include at least approximately 30% overlap with atleast one other image by modifying at least one of a frame rate of thefirst sensor or a rate of movement of the first sensor.

Clause 34: The method of clauses 25 to 33, wherein instructing traversalof the user device along the path further comprises:

instructing traversal of the user device along a plurality of pathsincluding a first path and a second path.

Clause 35: The method of clauses 25 to 34, wherein capturing theplurality of images of the space further comprises:

capturing a first plurality of images during traversal of the userdevice along the first path; and

capturing a second plurality of images during traversal of the userdevice along the second path.

Clause 36: A system, comprising:

a user device, comprising:

a display;

a first sensor;

a second sensor; and

a processor configured to at least:

-   -   generate for presentation, via the display, a path within a        space and a target along the path;    -   instruct traversal of the user device along the path within the        space such that the target remains within a field of view of the        first sensor;    -   during the traversal of the user device, capture, via the first        sensor, a plurality of images of the space;    -   receive, from the second sensor, data associated with position        and orientation of the user device associated with respective        ones of the plurality of images captured during the traversal        along the path; and    -   cause a three-dimensional model of the space to be generated        based on the plurality of images and the data associated with        position and orientation of the user device associated with        respective ones of the plurality of images.

Clause 37: The system of clause 36, wherein the field of view of thefirst sensor is configured to extend substantially across the spaceduring traversal of the user device.

Clause 38: The system of clauses 36 to 37, wherein the second sensorcomprises an inertial measurement unit comprising at least one of anaccelerometer, a gyroscope, or a magnetometer; and

wherein the display comprises at least one of a touchscreen of a mobilecomputing device, a display element of a head-mounted oreyeglass-mounted computing device, or a stereoscopic display.

Clause 39: The system of clauses 36 to 38, wherein the processor isfurther configured to at least:

generate for presentation, via the display, a reticle substantiallycentered within the display.

Clause 40: The system of clauses 36 to 39, wherein instructing traversalof the user device along the path further comprises instructing that thetarget remain presented, via the display, within the reticle during thetraversal of the user device.

Clause 41: A computer-implemented method, comprising:

receiving, from a user device, measurement data associated with a room;

receiving, from the user device, movement data of the user device withinthe room;

generating for presentation, via a display of the user device, apanorama path comprising a plurality of locations within the room basedon the measurement data and the movement data;

instructing traversal of the user device in a defined order among theplurality of locations of the panorama path;

during traversal of the user device, capturing, via an imaging sensor ofthe user device, a first plurality of images of the room;

receiving, from a sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with respective ones of the firstplurality of images captured during the traversal of the user device;

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, instructing sweepof the user device in a defined direction;

during sweep of the user device, capturing, via the imaging sensor ofthe user device, a second plurality of images of the room;

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with respective ones of the secondplurality of images captured during the sweep of the user device;

processing the first plurality of images and the second plurality ofimages of the room using photogrammetry; and

generating a three-dimensional model of the room based on the firstplurality of images, the second plurality of images, the position andorientation data of the user device associated with respective ones ofthe first plurality of images, and the position and orientation data ofthe user device associated with respective ones of the second pluralityof images.

Clause 42: The computer-implemented method of clause 41, furthercomprising:

receiving dimensions associated with the room;

wherein the plurality of locations are generated based at least in parton the dimensions associated with the room.

Clause 43: The computer-implemented method of clauses 41 to 42, whereinthe defined order for traversal of the user device among the pluralityof locations is, from a top-down view of the room, a counterclockwiseorder; and

wherein the defined direction for sweep of the user device is, from auser viewpoint, a left-to-right direction.

Clause 44: The computer-implemented method of clauses 41 to 43, furthercomprising:

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, instructing aplurality of sweeps of the user device.

Clause 45: A method, comprising:

generating for presentation, via a display associated with a userdevice, a plurality of locations within a space;

instructing traversal of the user device among the plurality oflocations;

during traversal of the user device among the plurality of locations,capturing, via a first sensor associated with the user device, a firstplurality of images of the space;

receiving, from a second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith respective ones of the first plurality of images captured duringthe traversal of the user device among the plurality of locations;

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, capturing, viathe first sensor associated with the user device, a second plurality ofimages of the space during sweep of the user device at individuallocations; and

causing a three-dimensional model of the space to be generated based onthe first plurality of images, the second plurality of images, and thedata associated with position and orientation of the user deviceassociated with respective ones of the first plurality of images.

Clause 46: The method of clause 45, wherein generating the plurality oflocations within the space further comprises:

receiving dimensions associated with the space; and

generating the plurality of locations based at least in part on thedimensions associated with the space.

Clause 47: The method of clauses 45 to 46, wherein generating theplurality of locations within the space further comprises:

generating a defined order for traversal of the user device among theplurality of locations;

wherein the defined order is at least one of, from a top-down view ofthe space, a counterclockwise order or a clockwise order.

Clause 48: The method of clauses 45 to 47, wherein individual locationsof the plurality of locations are associated with at least one of anedge, a corner, a side, or a vertical boundary of the space.

Clause 49: The method of clauses 45 to 48, further comprising:

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, instructing sweepof the user device to capture the second plurality of images.

Clause 50: The method of clauses 45 to 49, further comprising:

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, receiving, fromthe second sensor associated with the user device, data associated withposition and orientation of the user device associated with respectiveones of the second plurality of images captured during the sweep of theuser device; and

wherein the three-dimensional model of the space is further generatedbased on the data associated with position and orientation of the userdevice associated with respective ones of the second plurality ofimages.

Clause 51: The method of clauses 45 to 50, wherein generating theplurality of locations within the space further comprises:

generating a defined direction for sweep of the user device atindividual locations of the plurality of locations;

wherein the defined direction is at least one of, from a user viewpoint,a left-to-right direction or a right-to-left direction.

Clause 52: The method of clauses 45 to 51, wherein capturing the secondplurality of images of the space during sweep of the user device furthercomprises:

capturing the second plurality of images between a first adjacentvertical boundary in a first direction and a second adjacent verticalboundary in a second, opposite direction.

Clause 53: The method of clauses 45 to 52, wherein capturing the secondplurality of images of the space during sweep of the user device furthercomprises:

capturing the second plurality of images such that individual ones ofthe second plurality of images includes at least approximately 30%overlap with at least one other image by modifying at least one of aframe rate of the first sensor or a rate of movement of the firstsensor.

Clause 54: The method of clauses 45 to 53, wherein capturing the secondplurality of images of the space during sweep of the user device furthercomprises:

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device,movement data associated with the sweep of the user device; and

capturing individual ones of the second plurality of images at angularorientations that are at least approximately five degrees different fromat least one other image of the second plurality of images.

Clause 55: The method of clauses 45 to 54, wherein instructing sweep ofthe user device further comprises:

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, instructing aplurality of sweeps of the user device.

Clause 56: The method of clauses 45 to 55, further comprising:

determining a number of the plurality of sweeps of the user device atindividual locations based at least in part on dimensions associatedwith the space.

Clause 57: The method of clauses 45 to 56, wherein capturing the secondplurality of images of the space during sweep of the user device furthercomprises:

capturing, via the first sensor associated with the user device,respective second pluralities of images of the space associated withrespective ones of the plurality of sweeps of the user device.

Clause 58: A method, comprising:

generating for presentation, via a display associated with a userdevice, a plurality of locations within a space;

instructing traversal of the user device among the plurality oflocations;

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, instructing sweepof the user device;

during sweep of the user device, capturing, via a first sensorassociated with the user device, a first plurality of images of thespace during sweep of the user device at individual locations; and

receiving, from a second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith respective ones of the first plurality of images captured duringsweep of the user device at individual locations;

wherein the first plurality of images of the space are processed usingphotogrammetry; and

wherein a three-dimensional model of the space is generated based on thefirst plurality of images, and the data associated with position andorientation of the user device associated with respective ones of thefirst plurality of images.

Clause 59: The method of clause 58, further comprising:

during traversal of the user device among the plurality of locations,capturing, via the first sensor associated with the user device, asecond plurality of images of the space; and

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith respective ones of the second plurality of images captured duringthe traversal of the user device among the plurality of locations; and

wherein the three-dimensional model of the space is further generatedbased on the second plurality of images, and the data associated withposition and orientation of the user device associated with respectiveones of the second plurality of images.

Clause 60: The method of clauses 58 to 59, wherein capturing the firstplurality of images of the space during sweep of the user device furthercomprises at least one of:

capturing the first plurality of images such that individual ones of thefirst plurality of images includes at least approximately 30% overlapwith at least one other image by modifying at least one of a frame rateof the first sensor or a rate of movement of the first sensor, or

capturing individual ones of the first plurality of images at angularorientations that are at least approximately five degrees different fromat least one other image of the first plurality of images.

Clause 61: A computer-implemented method, comprising:

receiving, from an imaging sensor of a user device, imaging dataincluding at least a portion of a room within a field of view of theimaging sensor;

presenting, via a display of the user device, the imaging data includingat least the portion of the room within the field of view of the imagingsensor;

presenting, via the display of the user device and overlaying theimaging data including at least the portion of the room, an indicationto move the user device towards individual locations of a plurality oflocations of a panorama path within the room in a defined order, whereinthe indication to move comprises at least one of an arrow or a textualcue associated with individual locations;

receiving, from a sensor of the user device, movement data of the userdevice towards individual locations of the room in the defined order;

capturing, via the imaging sensor and during movement of the user devicetowards individual locations in the defined order, a first plurality ofimages of the room during the movement of the user device towardsindividual locations;

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with respective ones of the firstplurality of images captured during the movement of the user devicetowards individual locations;

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, presenting, viathe display of the user device and overlaying the imaging data includingat least the portion of the room, an indication to orient the userdevice to place a starting point for image capture within the field ofview of the imaging sensor of the user device, wherein the indication toorient comprises at least one of an arrow or a textual cue associatedwith the starting point;

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, receiving, fromthe sensor of the user device, movement data of the user device toorient the user device to place the starting point for image capturewithin the field of view of the imaging sensor of the user device;

responsive to placing the starting point for image capture within thefield of view of the imaging sensor, at individual locations of theplurality of locations, presenting, via the display of the user deviceand overlaying the imaging data including at least the portion of theroom, an indication to sweep the user device in a defined direction,wherein the indication to sweep comprises at least one of an arrow, atextual cue, or a progress bar;

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, capturing, viathe imaging sensor of the user device, a second plurality of images ofthe room during sweep of the user device in the defined direction;

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with respective ones of the secondplurality of images captured during sweep of the user device; and

generating a three-dimensional model of the room based on the firstplurality of images, the second plurality of images, the position andorientation data of the user device associated with respective ones ofthe first plurality of images, and the position and orientation data ofthe user device associated with respective ones of the second pluralityof images.

Clause 62: The computer-implemented method of clause 61, furthercomprising:

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, receiving, fromthe sensor of the user device, movement data of the user device duringsweep of the user device in the defined direction; and

responsive to the movement data indicating a vertical movement beyond afirst threshold, presenting, via the display of the user device, anindication to correct the vertical movement during sweep of the userdevice.

Clause 63: The computer-implemented method of clauses 61 to 62, furthercomprising:

responsive to the movement data indicating the vertical movement beyondthe first threshold, stopping capture, via the imaging sensor of theuser device, of the second plurality of images of the room during sweepof the user device in the defined direction.

Clause 64: The computer-implemented method of clauses 61 to 63, furthercomprising:

at individual locations of the plurality of locations, presenting, viathe display of the user device, an indication that the second pluralityof images were captured during sweep of the user device.

Clause 65: A method, comprising:

receiving, from a first sensor associated with a user device, imagingdata including at least a portion of a space within a field of view ofthe first sensor;

presenting, via a display associated with the user device and overlayingat least a portion of the field of view, an indication to move the userdevice towards a first location of a plurality of locations within thespace, wherein the indication to move comprises at least one of an arrowor a textual cue associated with the first location;

receiving, from a second sensor associated with the user device,movement data of the user device towards the first location;

capturing, via the first sensor and during movement of the user devicetowards the first location, a first plurality of images of the spaceduring the movement of the user device towards the first location;

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith respective ones of the first plurality of images captured duringthe movement of the user device towards the first location;

capturing, via the first sensor and responsive to the user device beingpositioned at the first location, a second plurality of images of thespace during sweep of the user device at the first location; and

causing a three-dimensional model of the space to be generated based onthe first plurality of images, the second plurality of images, and thedata associated with position and orientation of the user deviceassociated with respective ones of the first plurality of images.

Clause 66: The method of clause 65, further comprising:

responsive to the user device being positioned at the first location,presenting, via the display associated with the user device andoverlaying the field of view, an indication to orient the user device toplace a starting point for image capture at the first location withinthe field of view of the first sensor associated with the user device;

responsive to placing the starting point for image capture at the firstlocation within the field of view of the first sensor, presenting, viathe display associated with the user device and overlaying the field ofview, an indication to sweep the user device to capture the secondplurality of images at the first location; and

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith respective ones of the second plurality of images captured duringsweep of the user device; and

wherein the three-dimensional model of the space is further generatedbased on the data associated with position and orientation of the userdevice associated with respective ones of the second plurality ofimages.

Clause 67: The method of clauses 65 to 66, further comprising:

presenting, via the display associated with the user device, the imagingdata including at least the portion of the space within the field ofview of the first sensor; and

wherein presenting the indication to move the user device towards thefirst location further comprises presenting, via the display, theindication to move as overlaying the imaging data.

Clause 68: The method of clauses 65 to 67, wherein presenting theindication to move the user device towards the first location of theplurality of locations within the space further comprises:

presenting, via the display, the first location with a firstsemi-transparent color.

Clause 69: The method of clauses 65 to 68, further comprising:

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device, themovement data of the user device towards the first location indicatingthat the user device is within a threshold distance of the firstlocation; and

responsive to receiving the movement data of the user device indicatingthat the user device is within the threshold distance of the firstlocation, presenting, via the display, the first location with a secondsemi-transparent color.

Clause 70: The method of clauses 65 to 69, wherein presenting theindication to orient the user device to place the starting point forimage capture at the first location within the field of view of thefirst sensor associated with the user device further comprises:

presenting, via the display, at least one of an arrow or a textual cueto indicate the starting point for image capture at the first location.

Clause 71. The method of clauses 65 to 70, wherein presenting theindication to sweep the user device further comprises:

presenting, via the display, at least one of an arrow, a textual cue, ora progress bar to indicate a direction of sweep for image capture at thefirst location.

Clause 72: The method of clauses 65 to 71, further comprising:

presenting, via the display associated with the user device, anindication of progress for image capture at the first location, theindication of progress comprising at least one captured image presentedwithin the progress bar.

Clause 73: The method of clauses 65 to 72, further comprising:

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device,movement data of the user device during sweep of the user device; and

responsive to the movement data indicating a vertical movement beyond afirst threshold, presenting, via the display associated with the userdevice, an indication to correct the vertical movement during sweep ofthe user device.

Clause 74: The method of clauses 65 to 73, further comprising:

responsive to the movement data indicating the vertical movement beyondthe first threshold, stopping capture, via the first sensor associatedwith the user device, of the second plurality of images of the spaceduring sweep of the user device.

Clause 75: The method of clauses 65 to 74, further comprising:

presenting, via the display associated with the user device, anindication that the second plurality of images were captured duringsweep of the user device at the first location.

Clause 76: The method of clauses 65 to 75, further comprising:

presenting, via the display associated with the user device, respectiveindications to move the user device towards additional locations of theplurality of locations within the space;

wherein respective third pluralities of images are captured, via thefirst sensor associated with the user device, during respectivemovements of the user device towards additional locations of theplurality of locations; and

wherein respective fourth pluralities of images are captured, via thefirst sensor associated with the user device, during respective sweepsof the user device associated with additional locations of the pluralityof locations; and

wherein the three-dimensional model of the space is further generatedbased on the respective third pluralities of images captured duringrespective movements of the user device towards additional locations ofthe plurality of locations, and the respective fourth pluralities ofimages captured during respective sweeps of the user device atadditional locations of the plurality of locations.

Clause 77: A system, comprising:

a user device, comprising:

a display;

a first sensor;

a second sensor; and

a processor configured to at least:

-   -   receive, from the first sensor, imaging data including at least        a portion of a space within a field of view of the first sensor;    -   present, via the display and overlaying the field of view, an        indication to move the user device towards a first location of a        plurality of locations within the space, wherein the indication        to move comprises at least one of an arrow or a textual cue        associated with the first location;    -   receive, from the second sensor, movement data of the user        device towards the first location;    -   capture, via the first sensor and during movement of the user        device towards the first location, a first plurality of images        of the space during the movement of the user device towards the        first location;    -   receive, from the second sensor, data associated with position        and orientation of the user device associated with respective        ones of the first plurality of images captured during the        movement of the user device towards the first location;    -   capture, via the first sensor and responsive to the user device        being positioned at the first location, a second plurality of        images of the space during sweep of the user device at the first        location; and    -   cause a three-dimensional model of the space to be generated        based on the first plurality of images, the second plurality of        images, and the data associated with position and orientation of        the user device associated with respective ones of the first        plurality of images.

Clause 78: The system of clause 77, wherein the second sensor of theuser device further comprises an inertial measurement unit comprising atleast one of an accelerometer, a gyroscope, or a magnetometer; and

wherein the display comprises at least one of a touchscreen of a mobilecomputing device, a display element of a head-mounted oreyeglass-mounted computing device, or a stereoscopic display.

Clause 79: The system of clauses 77 to 78, wherein the processor isfurther configured to at least:

responsive to the user device being positioned at the first location,present, via the display and overlaying the field of view, an indicationto orient the user device to place a starting point for image capture atthe first location within the field of view of the first sensor of theuser device;

responsive to placing the starting point for image capture at the firstlocation within the field of view of the first sensor, present, via thedisplay and overlaying the field of view, an indication to sweep theuser device to capture the second plurality of images at the firstlocation; and

receive, from the second sensor, data associated with position andorientation of the user device associated with respective ones of thesecond plurality of images captured during sweep of the user device; and

wherein the three-dimensional model of the space is further generatedbased on the data associated with position and orientation of the userdevice associated with respective ones of the second plurality ofimages.

Clause 80: The system of clauses 77 to 79, wherein the processor isfurther configured to at least:

present, via the display, the imaging data including at least theportion of the space within the field of view of the first sensor; and

wherein presenting the indication to move the user device towards thefirst location further comprises presenting, via the display, theindication to move as overlaying the imaging data.

Clause 81: A computer-implemented method, comprising:

generating, using a user device within a room, a local coordinate frame;

receiving, from a sensor of the user device, movement data of the userdevice within the room;

receiving, from an imaging sensor of the user device, imaging dataincluding at least a portion of a floor of the room within a field ofview of the imaging sensor during movement of the user device;

determining, using the user device, a floor plane based on the localcoordinate frame, the imaging data including at least the portion of thefloor, and the movement data of the user device;

receiving, from the imaging sensor of the user device, imaging dataincluding at least a first portion of the room within the field of viewof the imaging sensor;

receiving, using the user device, a plurality of identifications ofrespective edges between a plurality of wall planes and the floor plane;

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with respective ones of the pluralityof identifications of respective edges between the plurality of wallplanes and the floor plane;

determining, using the user device, the plurality of wall planes basedon the local coordinate frame, floor plane, the plurality ofidentifications of respective edges between a plurality of wall planesand the floor plane, and the position and orientation data of the userdevice associated with respective ones of the plurality ofidentifications of respective edges between the plurality of wall planesand the floor plane;

receiving, from the imaging sensor of the user device, imaging dataincluding at least a second portion of the room within the field of viewof the imaging sensor;

receiving, using the user device, an identification of an edge betweenat least one wall plane and a ceiling plane;

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with the identification of the edgebetween the at least one wall plane and the ceiling plane;

determining, using the user device, the ceiling plane based on the localcoordinate frame, the floor plane, the at least one wall plane, theidentification of the edge between the at least one wall plane and theceiling plane, and the position and orientation data of the user deviceassociated with the identification of the edge between the at least onewall plane and the ceiling plane;

receiving, from the sensor associated with the user device, additionalmovement data; and

generating a geometric shell of the room based on the local coordinateframe, the floor plane, the plurality of wall planes, the ceiling plane,and the additional movement data.

Clause 82: The computer-implemented method of clause 81, whereingenerating the local coordinate frame further comprises:

designating a position associated with initiation of the user device asa home position.

Clause 83: The computer-implemented method of clauses 81 to 82, whereindetermining the floor plane further comprises:

capturing, using the imaging sensor associated with the user device, aplurality of images including at least one feature associated with thefloor plane;

determining, from the movement data of the user device, a position andan orientation of the user device associated with individual ones of theplurality of images; and

determining the floor plane based at least in part on the plurality ofimages and the position and the orientation of the user deviceassociated with individual ones of the plurality of images.

Clause 84: The computer-implemented method of clauses 81 to 83, whereindetermining the plurality of wall planes further comprises:

receiving, via the user device, an identification of a first edgebetween a first wall plane and the floor plane;

determining, from the position and orientation data of the user device,a position and an orientation of the user device associated with theidentification of the first edge between the first wall plane and thefloor plane; and

determining the first wall plane based at least in part on the floorplane and the position and the orientation of the user device associatedwith the identification of the first edge between the first wall planeand the floor plane.

Clause 85: A method, comprising:

receiving, from a first sensor associated with a user device, imagingdata including at least a first portion of a space within a field ofview of the first sensor;

receiving, using the user device, an identification of an edge between afirst boundary and a second boundary within the imaging data includingat least the first portion of the space;

receiving, from a second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith the identification of the edge between the first boundary and thesecond boundary;

determining, using the user device, the first boundary based on a localcoordinate frame of the user device, the second boundary, theidentification of the edge between the first boundary and the secondboundary, and the data associated with position and orientation of theuser device associated with the identification of the edge between thefirst boundary and the second boundary; and

causing a geometric shell of the space to be generated based on thelocal coordinate frame, the second boundary, and the first boundary.

Clause 86: The method of clause 85, further comprising:

generating, using the user device, the local coordinate frame.

Clause 87: The method of clauses 85 to 86, wherein generating the localcoordinate frame further comprises:

designating a position associated with initiation of the user device asa home position; and

tracking movement of the user device relative to the home position.

Clause 88: The method of clauses 85 to 87, further comprising:

receiving, from the first sensor associated with the user device,imaging data including at least a portion of the second boundary of thespace within the field of view of the first sensor;

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device,movement data of the user device within the space;

capturing, using the first sensor associated with the user device, afirst image including at least one feature associated with the secondboundary from the imaging data including at least the portion of thesecond boundary of the space; and

determining, from the movement data of the user device, at least one ofa first position or a first orientation of the user device associatedwith the first image.

Clause 89: The method of clauses 85 to 88, further comprising:

capturing, using the first sensor associated with the user device, asecond image including the at least one feature associated with thesecond boundary from the imaging data including at least the portion ofthe second boundary of the space;

determining, from the movement data of the user device, at least one ofa second position or a second orientation of the user device associatedwith the second image; and

determining the second boundary based at least in part on the firstimage, the at least one of the first position or the first orientationof the user device associated with the first image, the second image,and the at least one of the second position or the second orientation ofthe user device associated with the second image.

Clause 90: The method of clauses 85 to 89, wherein determining the firstboundary further comprises:

determining a distance between the user device and the second boundaryassociated with the identification of the edge between the firstboundary and the second boundary; and

determining the first boundary further based at least in part on thedistance between the user device and the second boundary.

Clause 91: The method of clauses 85 to 90, wherein receiving theidentification of the edge between the first boundary and the secondboundary further comprises:

receiving, via the user device, an identification of a line extendingalong the edge between the first boundary and the second boundary; and

determining the line extending along the edge between the first boundaryand the second boundary as the indication of the edge between the firstboundary and the second boundary.

Clause 92: The method of clauses 85 to 91, wherein receiving theidentification of the edge between the first boundary and the secondboundary further comprises:

receiving, via the user device, an identification of a first planeassociated with the edge between the first boundary and the secondboundary.

Clause 93: The method of clauses 85 to 92, wherein determining the firstboundary further comprises:

determining a plurality of first boundaries associated with the spacebased on identifications of respective edges between respective firstboundaries and the second boundary, and respective position andorientation data of the user device associated with the identificationsof respective edges between the respective first boundaries and thesecond boundary.

Clause 94: The method of clauses 85 to 93, further comprising:

receiving, from the first sensor associated with the user device,imaging data including at least a second portion of the space within thefield of view of the first sensor;

receiving, using the user device, an identification of an edge betweenthe first boundary and a third boundary within the imaging dataincluding at least the second portion of the space; and

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith the identification of the edge between the first boundary and thethird boundary.

Clause 95: The method of clauses 85 to 94, further comprising:

determining, using the user device, the third boundary based on thelocal coordinate frame, the second boundary, the identification of theedge between the first boundary and the third boundary, and the positionand orientation data of the user device associated with theidentification of the edge between the first boundary and the thirdboundary; and

wherein the geometric shell of the space is further generated based onthe third boundary.

Clause 96: The method of clauses 85 to 95, wherein determining the thirdboundary further comprises:

determining a distance between the user device and the second boundaryassociated with the identification of the edge between the firstboundary and the third boundary;

determining a distance between the user device and the first boundaryassociated with the identification of the edge between the firstboundary and the third boundary; and

determining the third boundary further based on the distance between theuser device and the second boundary, and the distance between the userdevice and the first boundary.

Clause 97: A system, comprising:

a user device, comprising:

a first sensor;

a second sensor; and

a processor configured to at least:

-   -   receive, from the first sensor, imaging data including at least        a first portion of a space within a field of view of the first        sensor;    -   receive, via the user device, an identification of an edge        between a first boundary and a second boundary within the        imaging data including at least the first portion of the space;    -   receive, from the second sensor, data associated with position        and orientation of the user device associated with the        identification of the edge between the first boundary and the        second boundary;    -   determine the first boundary based on a local coordinate frame,        the second boundary, the identification of the edge between the        first boundary and the second boundary, and the data associated        with position and orientation of the user device associated with        the identification of the edge between the first boundary and        the second boundary; and    -   cause a geometric shell of the space to be generated based on        the local coordinate frame, the second boundary, and the first        boundary.

Clause 98: The system of clause 97, wherein the second sensor comprisesan inertial measurement unit including at least one of an accelerometer,a gyroscope, or a magnetometer.

Clause 99: The system of clauses 97 to 98, wherein the user devicefurther comprises a display;

wherein the display comprises at least one of a touchscreen of a mobilecomputing device, a display element of a head-mounted oreyeglass-mounted computing device, or a stereoscopic display; and

wherein the display is configured to present imaging data captured viathe first sensor.

Clause 100: The system of clauses 97 to 99, wherein the user devicefurther includes at least one of an edge detection algorithm, a surfacedetection algorithm, a feature detection algorithm, or an imagerecognition algorithm configured to aid determinations of at least oneof the second boundary or the first boundary.

Clause 101: A computer-implemented method, comprising:

presenting, via a display of a user device, an indication to move theuser device within a room;

receiving, from a sensor of the user device, movement data of the userdevice;

receiving, from an imaging sensor of the user device, imaging dataincluding at least a portion of a floor of the room within a field ofview of the imaging sensor during movement of the user device todetermine the floor of the room;

receiving, from the imaging sensor of the user device, imaging dataincluding at least a first portion of the room within the field of viewof the imaging sensor;

presenting, via the display of the user device, the imaging dataincluding at least the first portion of the room within the field ofview of the imaging sensor;

presenting, via the display of the user device and overlaying theimaging data including at least the first portion of the room, anindication to identify a plurality of walls of the room, wherein theindication comprises a substantially horizontal line at a substantiallyconstant position within the display of the user device and projectedonto the floor within the imaging data including at least the firstportion of the room;

receiving, via the user device and responsive to aligning thesubstantially horizontal line with respective bases of the plurality ofwalls within the imaging data including at least the first portion ofthe room, a plurality of inputs identifying respective ones of theplurality of walls of the room;

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with respective ones of the pluralityof inputs identifying respective ones of the plurality of walls of theroom;

receiving, from the imaging sensor of the user device, imaging dataincluding at least a second portion of the room within the field of viewof the imaging sensor;

presenting, via the display of the user device, the imaging dataincluding at least the second portion of the room within the field ofview of the imaging sensor;

presenting, via the display of the user device and overlaying theimaging data including at least the second portion of the room, anindication to identify a ceiling of the room, wherein the indicationcomprises the substantially horizontal line at a substantially constantposition within the display of the user device and projected onto a wallwithin the imaging data including at least the second portion of theroom;

receiving, via the user device and responsive to aligning thesubstantially horizontal line with a top of the wall within the imagingdata including at least the second portion of the room, an inputidentifying the ceiling of the room;

receiving, from the sensor of the user device, position and orientationdata of the user device associated with the input identifying theceiling of the room; and

generating a geometric shell of the room based on the determined floor,the plurality of inputs associated with the plurality of walls, theposition and orientation data of the user device associated withrespective ones of the plurality of inputs identifying respective onesof the plurality of walls of the room, the input associated with theceiling, and the position and orientation data of the user deviceassociated with the input identifying the ceiling of the room.

Clause 102: The computer-implemented method of clause 101, furthercomprising:

presenting, via the display of the user device and overlaying at least aportion of the imaging data including at least the portion of the floorof the room, a semi-transparent grid to indicate the floor of the room.

Clause 103: The computer-implemented method of clauses 101 to 102,wherein presenting the indication to identify a plurality of walls ofthe room further comprises:

presenting, via the display, a wall placement user interface elementconfigured to receive an input identifying a base of a wall beingaligned with the substantially horizontal line presented within thedisplay of the user device.

Clause 104: The computer-implemented method of clauses 101 to 103,wherein presenting the indication to identify a ceiling of the roomfurther comprises:

presenting, via the display, a ceiling placement user interface elementconfigured to receive the input identifying the top of the wall beingaligned with the substantially horizontal line presented within thedisplay of the user device.

Clause 105: A method, comprising:

receiving, from a first sensor associated with a user device, imagingdata including at least a first portion of a space within a field ofview of the first sensor;

presenting, via a display associated with the user device and overlayingat least a portion of the field of view, an indication to identify afirst boundary of the space, wherein the indication comprises analignment guide projected onto a second boundary of the first portion ofthe space and overlaying the field of view;

receiving, via the user device and responsive to aligning the alignmentguide with a base of the first boundary within the field of view, aninput identifying the first boundary of the space;

receiving, from a second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith the input identifying the first boundary of the space; and

causing a geometric shell of the space to be generated based on thesecond boundary, the input identifying the first boundary, and the dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith the input identifying the first boundary.

Clause 106: The method of clause 105, further comprising:

presenting, via the display associated with the user device, anindication to move the user device within the space;

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device,movement data of the user device;

receiving, from the first sensor associated with the user device,imaging data including at least a portion of the second boundary of thespace within the field of view of the first sensor during movement ofthe user device to determine the second boundary of the space; and

presenting, via the display associated with the user device andoverlaying at least a portion of the imaging data including at least theportion of the second boundary of the space, a semi-transparent overlayto indicate the second boundary of the space.

Clause 107: The method of clauses 105 to 106, further comprising:

presenting, via the display associated with the user device, the imagingdata including at least the first portion of the space within the fieldof view of the first sensor;

wherein the alignment guide is presented, via the display associatedwith the user device, as overlaying the imaging data including at leastthe first portion of the space; and

wherein the input identifying the first boundary of the space isreceived, via the user device, responsive to aligning the alignmentguide with the base of the first boundary within the imaging dataincluding at least the first portion of the space.

Clause 108: The method of clauses 105 to 107, wherein the alignmentguide comprises a substantially horizontal line presented at asubstantially constant position within the display associated with theuser device; and

wherein presenting the indication to identify the first boundary of thespace further comprises:

presenting, via the display, a first boundary placement user interfaceelement configured to receive the input identifying the base of thefirst boundary responsive to being aligned with the substantiallyhorizontal line presented within the display associated with the userdevice.

Clause 109: The method of clauses 105 to 108, wherein presenting theindication to identify the first boundary of the space furthercomprises:

presenting, via the display and overlaying at least a portion of theimaging data including at least the first portion of the space, asemi-transparent overlay to indicate the first boundary of the space;

wherein the first boundary placement user interface element ispositioned within the semi-transparent overlay.

Clause 110: The method of clauses 105 to 109, further comprising:

responsive to receiving the input identifying the first boundary of thespace, presenting, via the display and overlaying at least a portion ofthe imaging data including at least the first portion of the space, asemi-transparent line to indicate the base of the first boundary of thespace;

wherein the semi-transparent line fades towards opposite ends of theline.

Clause 111: The method of clauses 105 to 110, further comprising:

responsive to receiving the input identifying the first boundary of thespace, presenting, via the display and overlaying at least a portion ofthe imaging data including at least the first portion of the space, asemi-transparent overlay to indicate the first boundary of the space.

Clause 112: The method of clauses 105 to 111, wherein thesemi-transparent overlay fades towards outer edges of the overlay.

Clause 113: The method of clauses 105 to 112, further comprising:

presenting, via the display associated with the user device andoverlaying at least a portion of the imaging data including at least thefirst portion of the space, an indication to remove the first boundaryof the space, wherein the indication comprises the alignment guidepresented overlaying the field of view; and

receiving, via the user device and responsive to aligning the alignmentguide with the base of the first boundary within the imaging dataincluding at least the first portion of the space, an input identifyingthe first boundary of the space to be removed.

Clause 114: The method of clauses 105 to 113, wherein the alignmentguide comprises a substantially horizontal line presented at asubstantially constant position within the display associated with theuser device; and

wherein presenting the indication to remove the first boundary of thespace further comprises:

presenting, via the display, a first boundary removal user interfaceelement configured to receive the input identifying the base of thefirst boundary to be removed responsive to being aligned with thesubstantially horizontal line presented within the display associatedwith the user device.

Clause 115: The method of clauses 105 to 114, wherein presenting theindication to remove the first boundary of the space further comprises:

presenting, via the display and overlaying at least a portion of theimaging data including at least the first portion of the space, asemi-transparent overlay to indicate the first boundary of the space tobe removed;

wherein the first boundary removal user interface element is positionedwithin the semi-transparent overlay.

Clause 116: The method of clauses 105 to 115, further comprising:

receiving, from the first sensor associated with the user device,imaging data including at least a second portion of the space within thefield of view of the first sensor;

presenting, via the display associated with the user device, the imagingdata including at least the second portion of the space within the fieldof view of the first sensor;

presenting, via the display associated with the user device andoverlaying the imaging data including at least the second portion of thespace, an indication to identify a third boundary of the space, whereinthe indication comprises the alignment guide projected onto the firstboundary within the imaging data including at least the second portionof the space and presented within the display associated with the userdevice;

receiving, via the user device and responsive to aligning the alignmentguide with a top of the first boundary within the imaging data includingat least the second portion of the space, an input identifying the thirdboundary of the space; and

receiving, from the second sensor associated with the user device, dataassociated with position and orientation of the user device associatedwith the input identifying the third boundary of the space; and

wherein the indication to identify the third boundary of the spacefurther comprises a third boundary placement user interface elementconfigured to receive the input identifying the third boundary of thespace responsive to the top of the first boundary being aligned with thealignment guide presented within the display associated with the userdevice; and

wherein the geometric shell of the space is further generated based onthe input identifying the third boundary, and the data associated withposition and orientation of the user device associated with the inputidentifying the third boundary.

Clause 117: The method of clauses 105 to 116, wherein presenting theindication to identify the third boundary of the space furthercomprises:

presenting, via the display and overlaying at least a portion of theimaging data including at least the second portion of the space, asemi-transparent overlay to indicate the first boundary of the space;

wherein the third boundary placement user interface element ispositioned within the semi-transparent overlay; and

wherein the semi-transparent overlay extends or retracts with movementof the alignment guide relative to the imaging data including at leastthe second portion of the space.

Clause 118: A system, comprising:

a user device, comprising:

a first sensor;

a second sensor;

a display; and

a processor configured to at least:

-   -   receive, from the first sensor, imaging data including at least        a first portion of a space within a field of view of the first        sensor;    -   present, via the display and overlaying the field of view, an        indication to identify a first boundary of the space, wherein        the indication comprises an alignment guide projected onto a        second boundary of the first portion of the space and overlaying        the field of view;    -   receive, via the user device and responsive to aligning the        alignment guide with a base of the first boundary within the        field of view, an input identifying the first boundary of the        space;    -   receive, from the second sensor, data associated with position        and orientation of the user device associated with the input        identifying the first boundary of the space; and    -   cause a geometric shell of the space to be generated based on        the second boundary, the input identifying the first boundary,        and the data associated with position and orientation associated        with the input identifying the first boundary.

Clause 119: The system of clause 118, wherein the second sensorcomprises an inertial measurement unit including at least one of anaccelerometer, a gyroscope, or a magnetometer; and

wherein the display comprises at least one of a touchscreen of a mobilecomputing device, a display element of a head-mounted oreyeglass-mounted computing device, or a stereoscopic display.

Clause 120: The system of clauses 118 to 119, wherein the processor isfurther configured to at least:

present, via the display, the imaging data including at least the firstportion of the space within the field of view of the first sensor; and

wherein the alignment guide is presented as a substantially horizontalline at a substantially constant position within the display andoverlaid onto the imaging data.

The above aspects of the present disclosure are meant to beillustrative. They were chosen to explain the principles and applicationof the disclosure and are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit thedisclosure. Many modifications and variations of the disclosed aspectsmay be apparent to those of skill in the art. Persons having ordinaryskill in the field of computers, communications, and virtual reality,mixed reality, and/or augmented reality systems and processes shouldrecognize that components and process steps described herein may beinterchangeable with other components or steps, or combinations ofcomponents or steps, and still achieve the benefits and advantages ofthe present disclosure. Moreover, it should be apparent to one skilledin the art that the disclosure may be practiced without some or all ofthe specific details and steps disclosed herein.

Aspects of the disclosed systems and processes may be implemented as acomputer method or as an article of manufacture such as a memory deviceor non-transitory computer readable storage medium. The computerreadable storage medium may be readable by a computer and may compriseinstructions for causing a computer or other device to perform processesdescribed in the present disclosure. The computer readable storage mediamay be implemented by a volatile computer memory, non-volatile computermemory, hard drive, solid-state memory, flash drive, removable diskand/or other media. In addition, components of one or more of themodules and engines may be implemented in firmware or hardware.

Unless otherwise explicitly stated, articles such as “a” or “an” shouldgenerally be interpreted to include one or more described items.Accordingly, phrases such as “a device configured to” are intended toinclude one or more recited devices. Such one or more recited devicescan also be collectively configured to carry out the stated recitations.For example, “a processor configured to carry out recitations A, B andC” can include a first processor configured to carry out recitation Aworking in conjunction with a second processor configured to carry outrecitations B and C.

Language of degree used herein, such as the terms “about,”“approximately,” “generally,” “nearly” or “substantially” as usedherein, represent a value, amount, or characteristic close to the statedvalue, amount, or characteristic that still performs a desired functionor achieves a desired result. For example, the terms “about,”“approximately,” “generally,” “nearly” or “substantially” may refer toan amount that is within less than 10% of, within less than 5% of,within less than 1% of, within less than 0.1% of, and/or within lessthan 0.01% of the stated amount.

As used throughout this application, the word “may” is used in apermissive sense (i.e., meaning having the potential to), rather thanthe mandatory sense (i.e., meaning must). Similarly, the words“include,” “including,” and “includes” mean including, but not limitedto.

From the foregoing, it will be appreciated that, although specificimplementations have been described herein for purposes of illustration,various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit andscope of the appended claims and the features recited therein. Inaddition, while certain aspects are presented below in certain claimforms, the inventors contemplate the various aspects in any availableclaim form. For example, while only some aspects may currently berecited as being embodied in a computer readable storage medium, otheraspects may likewise be so embodied. Various modifications and changesmay be made as would be obvious to a person skilled in the art havingthe benefit of this disclosure. It is intended to embrace all suchmodifications and changes and, accordingly, the above description is tobe regarded in an illustrative rather than a restrictive sense.

What is claimed is:
 1. A computer-implemented method, comprising:presenting, via a display of a user device, an indication to move theuser device within a room; receiving, from a sensor of the user device,movement data of the user device; receiving, from an imaging sensor ofthe user device, imaging data including at least a portion of a floor ofthe room within a field of view of the imaging sensor during movement ofthe user device to determine the floor of the room; receiving, from theimaging sensor of the user device, imaging data including at least afirst portion of the room within the field of view of the imagingsensor; presenting, via the display of the user device, the imaging dataincluding at least the first portion of the room within the field ofview of the imaging sensor; presenting, via the display of the userdevice and overlaying the imaging data including at least the firstportion of the room, an indication to identify a plurality of walls ofthe room, wherein the indication comprises a substantially horizontalline at a substantially constant position within the display of the userdevice and projected onto the floor within the imaging data including atleast the first portion of the room; receiving, via the user device andresponsive to aligning the substantially horizontal line with respectivebases of the plurality of walls within the imaging data including atleast the first portion of the room, a plurality of inputs identifyingrespective ones of the plurality of walls of the room; receiving, fromthe sensor of the user device, position and orientation data of the userdevice associated with respective ones of the plurality of inputsidentifying respective ones of the plurality of walls of the room;receiving, from the imaging sensor of the user device, imaging dataincluding at least a second portion of the room within the field of viewof the imaging sensor; presenting, via the display of the user device,the imaging data including at least the second portion of the roomwithin the field of view of the imaging sensor; presenting, via thedisplay of the user device and overlaying the imaging data including atleast the second portion of the room, an indication to identify aceiling of the room, wherein the indication comprises the substantiallyhorizontal line at a substantially constant position within the displayof the user device and projected onto a wall within the imaging dataincluding at least the second portion of the room; receiving, via theuser device and responsive to aligning the substantially horizontal linewith a top of the wall within the imaging data including at least thesecond portion of the room, an input identifying the ceiling of theroom; receiving, from the sensor of the user device, position andorientation data of the user device associated with the inputidentifying the ceiling of the room; and generating a geometric shell ofthe room based on the determined floor, the plurality of inputsassociated with the plurality of walls, the position and orientationdata of the user device associated with respective ones of the pluralityof inputs identifying respective ones of the plurality of walls of theroom, the input associated with the ceiling, and the position andorientation data of the user device associated with the inputidentifying the ceiling of the room.
 2. The computer-implemented methodof claim 1, further comprising: presenting, via the display of the userdevice and overlaying at least a portion of the imaging data includingat least the portion of the floor of the room, a semi-transparent gridto indicate the floor of the room.
 3. The computer-implemented method ofclaim 1, wherein presenting the indication to identify a plurality ofwalls of the room further comprises: presenting, via the display, a wallplacement user interface element configured to receive an inputidentifying a base of a wall being aligned with the substantiallyhorizontal line presented within the display of the user device.
 4. Thecomputer-implemented method of claim 1, wherein presenting theindication to identify a ceiling of the room further comprises:presenting, via the display, a ceiling placement user interface elementconfigured to receive the input identifying the top of the wall beingaligned with the substantially horizontal line presented within thedisplay of the user device.
 5. A method, comprising: receiving, from afirst sensor associated with a user device, imaging data including atleast a first portion of a space within a field of view of the firstsensor; presenting, via a display associated with the user device andoverlaying at least a portion of the field of view, an indication toidentify a first boundary of the space, wherein the indication comprisesan alignment guide projected onto a second boundary of the first portionof the space and overlaying the field of view; receiving, via the userdevice and responsive to aligning the alignment guide with a base of thefirst boundary within the field of view, an input identifying the firstboundary of the space; receiving, from a second sensor associated withthe user device, data associated with position and orientation of theuser device associated with the input identifying the first boundary ofthe space; and causing a geometric shell of the space to be generatedbased on the second boundary, the input identifying the first boundary,and the data associated with position and orientation of the user deviceassociated with the input identifying the first boundary.
 6. The methodof claim 5, further comprising: presenting, via the display associatedwith the user device, an indication to move the user device within thespace; receiving, from the second sensor associated with the userdevice, movement data of the user device; receiving, from the firstsensor associated with the user device, imaging data including at leasta portion of the second boundary of the space within the field of viewof the first sensor during movement of the user device to determine thesecond boundary of the space; and presenting, via the display associatedwith the user device and overlaying at least a portion of the imagingdata including at least the portion of the second boundary of the space,a semi-transparent overlay to indicate the second boundary of the space.7. The method of claim 5, further comprising: presenting, via thedisplay associated with the user device, the imaging data including atleast the first portion of the space within the field of view of thefirst sensor; wherein the alignment guide is presented, via the displayassociated with the user device, as overlaying the imaging dataincluding at least the first portion of the space; and wherein the inputidentifying the first boundary of the space is received, via the userdevice, responsive to aligning the alignment guide with the base of thefirst boundary within the imaging data including at least the firstportion of the space.
 8. The method of claim 5, wherein the alignmentguide comprises a substantially horizontal line presented at asubstantially constant position within the display associated with theuser device; and wherein presenting the indication to identify the firstboundary of the space further comprises: presenting, via the display, afirst boundary placement user interface element configured to receivethe input identifying the base of the first boundary responsive to beingaligned with the substantially horizontal line presented within thedisplay associated with the user device.
 9. The method of claim 8,wherein presenting the indication to identify the first boundary of thespace further comprises: presenting, via the display and overlaying atleast a portion of the imaging data including at least the first portionof the space, a semi-transparent overlay to indicate the first boundaryof the space; wherein the first boundary placement user interfaceelement is positioned within the semi-transparent overlay.
 10. Themethod of claim 5, further comprising: responsive to receiving the inputidentifying the first boundary of the space, presenting, via the displayand overlaying at least a portion of the imaging data including at leastthe first portion of the space, a semi-transparent line to indicate thebase of the first boundary of the space; wherein the semi-transparentline fades towards opposite ends of the line.
 11. The method of claim 5,further comprising: responsive to receiving the input identifying thefirst boundary of the space, presenting, via the display and overlayingat least a portion of the imaging data including at least the firstportion of the space, a semi-transparent overlay to indicate the firstboundary of the space.
 12. The method of claim 11, wherein thesemi-transparent overlay fades towards outer edges of the overlay. 13.The method of claim 5, further comprising: presenting, via the displayassociated with the user device and overlaying at least a portion of theimaging data including at least the first portion of the space, anindication to remove the first boundary of the space, wherein theindication comprises the alignment guide presented overlaying the fieldof view; and receiving, via the user device and responsive to aligningthe alignment guide with the base of the first boundary within theimaging data including at least the first portion of the space, an inputidentifying the first boundary of the space to be removed.
 14. Themethod of claim 13, wherein the alignment guide comprises asubstantially horizontal line presented at a substantially constantposition within the display associated with the user device; and whereinpresenting the indication to remove the first boundary of the spacefurther comprises: presenting, via the display, a first boundary removaluser interface element configured to receive the input identifying thebase of the first boundary to be removed responsive to being alignedwith the substantially horizontal line presented within the displayassociated with the user device.
 15. The method of claim 14, whereinpresenting the indication to remove the first boundary of the spacefurther comprises: presenting, via the display and overlaying at least aportion of the imaging data including at least the first portion of thespace, a semi-transparent overlay to indicate the first boundary of thespace to be removed; wherein the first boundary removal user interfaceelement is positioned within the semi-transparent overlay.
 16. Themethod of claim 5, further comprising: receiving, from the first sensorassociated with the user device, imaging data including at least asecond portion of the space within the field of view of the firstsensor; presenting, via the display associated with the user device, theimaging data including at least the second portion of the space withinthe field of view of the first sensor; presenting, via the displayassociated with the user device and overlaying the imaging dataincluding at least the second portion of the space, an indication toidentify a third boundary of the space, wherein the indication comprisesthe alignment guide projected onto the first boundary within the imagingdata including at least the second portion of the space and presentedwithin the display associated with the user device; receiving, via theuser device and responsive to aligning the alignment guide with a top ofthe first boundary within the imaging data including at least the secondportion of the space, an input identifying the third boundary of thespace; and receiving, from the second sensor associated with the userdevice, data associated with position and orientation of the user deviceassociated with the input identifying the third boundary of the space;and wherein the indication to identify the third boundary of the spacefurther comprises a third boundary placement user interface elementconfigured to receive the input identifying the third boundary of thespace responsive to the top of the first boundary being aligned with thealignment guide presented within the display associated with the userdevice; and wherein the geometric shell of the space is furthergenerated based on the input identifying the third boundary, and thedata associated with position and orientation of the user deviceassociated with the input identifying the third boundary.
 17. The methodof claim 16, wherein presenting the indication to identify the thirdboundary of the space further comprises: presenting, via the display andoverlaying at least a portion of the imaging data including at least thesecond portion of the space, a semi-transparent overlay to indicate thefirst boundary of the space; wherein the third boundary placement userinterface element is positioned within the semi-transparent overlay; andwherein the semi-transparent overlay extends or retracts with movementof the alignment guide relative to the imaging data including at leastthe second portion of the space.
 18. A system, comprising: a userdevice, comprising: a first sensor; a second sensor; a display; and aprocessor configured to at least: receive, from the first sensor,imaging data including at least a first portion of a space within afield of view of the first sensor; present, via the display andoverlaying the field of view, an indication to identify a first boundaryof the space, wherein the indication comprises an alignment guideprojected onto a second boundary of the first portion of the space andoverlaying the field of view; receive, via the user device andresponsive to aligning the alignment guide with a base of the firstboundary within the field of view, an input identifying the firstboundary of the space; receive, from the second sensor, data associatedwith position and orientation of the user device associated with theinput identifying the first boundary of the space; and cause a geometricshell of the space to be generated based on the second boundary, theinput identifying the first boundary, and the data associated withposition and orientation associated with the input identifying the firstboundary.
 19. The system of claim 18, wherein the second sensorcomprises an inertial measurement unit including at least one of anaccelerometer, a gyroscope, or a magnetometer; and wherein the displaycomprises at least one of a touchscreen of a mobile computing device, adisplay element of a head-mounted or eyeglass-mounted computing device,or a stereoscopic display.
 20. The system of claim 18, wherein theprocessor is further configured to at least: present, via the display,the imaging data including at least the first portion of the spacewithin the field of view of the first sensor; and wherein the alignmentguide is presented as a substantially horizontal line at a substantiallyconstant position within the display and overlaid onto the imaging data.